<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041</id><updated>2011-11-28T04:57:22.114+05:30</updated><category term='Interview Qns'/><category term='Difference bn client..'/><category term='NegativeStocks'/><category term='M.C in  Difnt C.C'/><category term='No.Range Intervals'/><category term='Flag of Deletion'/><category term='One to Two'/><category term='Exp.'/><category term='MainPage'/><category term='Ques.'/><category term='Config Setting BM'/><category term='PriceControl'/><category term='Copying Plant to Another'/><category term='MATERIAL MANAGEMENT TABLES'/><category term='Certi.'/><category term='MM FAQ'/><category term='Test of Knowle..'/><category term='Relation bn  Materials'/><category term='Adding Views'/><category term='Self Test Qus'/><category term='ControllingFields'/><category term='MM MCQ'/><category term='Block or Delete'/><category term='Delete s.location'/><category term='General'/><category term='Mass Change'/><category term='Split Valuation'/><category term='Change Base UOM'/><category term='UserdefaultSettings'/><category term='ContlOutput Format'/><category term='Batch Handling'/><category term='Safety Stock'/><category term='Changing V.Types'/><category term='Material in  process'/><title type='text'>Material Management</title><subtitle type='html'>Requisitions,Purchase Orders,Goods Receipts,Account payable,Inventory Management,BOM, MASTER DATA, Master Rawmaterials,Finished goods,etc..,</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>35</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-3203010026484695535</id><published>2008-03-20T11:57:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2008-03-20T11:57:56.012+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='MATERIAL MANAGEMENT TABLES'/><title type='text'>TABLES</title><content type='html'>&lt;span class="text"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;color:#990033;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px; line-height: 23px;"&gt;Materials Management  Tables&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12px; line-height: 16px;"&gt;MBEW Material Valuation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MKPF  Header- Material Document&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MSEG Document Segment- Material&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MVER  Material Consumption&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MVKE Sales Data for materials&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EINA Purchasing  Info Record- General Data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EINE Purchasing Info Record- Purchasing &lt;br /&gt;Organization Data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MAKT Material Descriptions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MARA General  Material Data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MARC Plant Data for Material&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MARD Storage Location  Data for Material&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MAST Material to BOM Link&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RKPF Document Header-  Reservation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T023 Mat. groups&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T024 Purchasing Groups&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T156  Movement Type&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T157H Help Texts for Movement Types&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-3203010026484695535?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/3203010026484695535/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=3203010026484695535' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3203010026484695535'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3203010026484695535'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2008/03/tables.html' title='TABLES'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-5056083606032211869</id><published>2007-12-01T12:30:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-12-15T21:41:27.287+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='MM FAQ'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);font-size:180%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;SAP MM FAQ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;font-size:130%;" &gt;SAP Material Management Frequently Asked Question&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: How can I extend all material to a new plant?&lt;/span&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;A: The SAP program - RMDATIND is used to create /update material master record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: How can we delete materials permanently from Material master?&lt;/span&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;A: Use transaction MM70 - Material Master-&gt;Other-&gt;Reorganization-&gt;Material-&gt;Choose.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:black;"&gt;     &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;Build variant with selection range of material master records to be selected for &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;Deletion and maintain&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:black;"&gt;Run parameters.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p  style="font-weight: bold;font-family:trebuchet ms;" class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;Execute.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;Use transaction &lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;MM71&lt;/a&gt; - Material Master-&gt; other-&gt; Reorganizationn--&gt;Material-&gt;Reorganization&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:black;"&gt;     &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;Build a second variant&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt; &lt;span style="color:black;"&gt;Maintain run parameters and execute.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:130%;color:black;"  &gt;It is also important to remove the records manually from info record, POs, PRs, reservation etc&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;span style="color:black;"&gt;For successful deletion of the material.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p  style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);font-family:trebuchet ms;" class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p  style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);font-family:trebuchet ms;" class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Q: SAP only provides moving average value for current, previous period, and previous year. SAP does not provide transactions/reports that will provide moving average value for a given date. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;How can I report moving average price for material number 10000000 at plant 0001 on July 4,1998 ?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Try any of these solutions:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;1. Change the updating level of the structure (S031) to "daily". In LIS the total value and the total stock are available. Divide value by the stock. It is possible to calculate this dynamically when the analysis is run and to display the result.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;2. Create your own structure in LIS and populate it by copying the Moving Average Price from the material master every time there is a transaction. You will have data on those days when there was a transaction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We have defined all the variables for the materials. However, when I attempt to use Material Matchcode object MAT1, I get the response "No possible entries found". Why?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: Matchcode i.d. "B", "Material by bill of material" has a selection condition for field STLNR NE ' '. STLNR is the BOM number associated with a material in table MAST. Hence the message - "no possible entries..." pops up if there are no bills of materials associated with your material numbers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;You get the matchcodes as long as the material referred by you has BOM number associated with it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: The matchcode object selection is defaulted to matctcode ID "B". Iwould like to change to M " Material by Description" What is the solution?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: Press the pull down arrow on the material number field and matchcode "B" is displayed, press F5 double-click  matchcode i.d. "M", then press F6 . This will set matchcode "M" as the default.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We have one material master : X and the unit of measure is 'pcs' and two serial number : A,B &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;For this material we make two Pos &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;      First PO calls material X , 1 pcs price 100 (will use serial number A) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;      Second PO calls material X , 1 pcs price 250 (will use serial number B) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;      Goods Receipt is done and by filling serial number for the fist PO with A and the second PO &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;with B. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;We want to transfer material X serial number A to another plant and want the valuation of this &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;     material as 100. How we can do it ?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p  style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-family:trebuchet ms;" class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: Use "split valuation". Stocks may be received into separate storage locations. Transfer stocks may be done from a storage location/plant to another storage location/plant.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p  style="color: rgb(153, 51, 0);font-family:trebuchet ms;" class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Q: We want to change the calculation of Moving Average Price. We know that the same is in MBEW-VERPR and two transactions to consider - MRHR, MB01. Is there a transaction to change MAV or all the places it is needed?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: Any Goods receipt or issue (in case of split valuated material) changes Moving Average price depending upon the valuation type which is used when posting the goods issue. You have t go through all the transactions involving those!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;!--[if !supportLineBreakNewLine]--&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;!--[endif]--&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;     For Example: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Material X is using split valuation by origin:&lt;br /&gt;Malaysia : MAV 60 USD - total stock 100 units&lt;br /&gt;India: MAV 50 USD - total stock 200 units&lt;br /&gt;Total stock 300 units MAV 53.33&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Here , goods issues will also affect the global MAV, despite not changing MAV from origin country.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;  &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: What is the use of configurable material.?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: Configurable material is useful if you have a large number of combination of parts that go into a product. It means different permutations and combinations of the parts for same material. If you maintain a unique material code for each combination ,   you require a large number of material numbers. KMAT may be used in such a case where you maintain just  one generic product code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A super BOM is maintained for such a material consisting of all possible alternatives. A routing is also maintained consisting of all possible operations that could be used. Typically configurable material is used in Made To Order (MTO) environment. However frequently ordered configurations may be planned with a material variant which needs to have a material master record.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; Thus Material variants may have stock and value. Depending upon characteristic values chosen at sales order entry Sales Order BOM is created. Routing operations are also chosen depending upon which BOM components are assigned to them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: Will Source List automatically appear in Material Master as default if maintained at plant level &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;using OME5?&lt;/span&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: If you have maintained source list requirement in OME5 and have not maintained the source list for the material.  PO cannot be released. You are required to maintain source list for all materials in the plant where the indicator is set if you maintain source list at plant level. Else you can make use of info record to do so automatically.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We have One company with a plant and another company with a sales organization. Which is better option between these - PO or Stock Transfer Order ?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A: 1) Cross company Stock Transport Orders can be done.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;2)  Configure using transaction &lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;OMGN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;3) Depending upon the sending and receiving plants, maintain sales organization and customer data in customizing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;4) Maintain the supplying plant as a vendor and attach the plant to the vendor in the Vendor Master.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;5) Material type has to be HALB or HAWA.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;6) Ensure that the company with sales Organization has a plant to take care of stocking.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;7) The PO used is NB and not Stock Transfer PO.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;8) Configure SD for inter-company billing to enable picking up the pricing procedure for billing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;9) Carry Out delivery through process delivery due list and billing through process billing due list.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We can make field mandatory. We want to make a default value to a Particular field in the Material Master.  Say, We want that the period indicator in the MRP2 view as "P". What is the best way?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p  style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-family:trebuchet ms;" class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(0, 0, 102); font-weight: bold;font-size:100%;" &gt;A:  Use transaction variant. Transaction SHD0 and then Transaction SE93.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(0, 0, 102); font-weight: bold;font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 102); font-weight: bold;"&gt;SAP Workflow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 102); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: The following is set up for workflow:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;1. &lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153); font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Workflow organization Structure&lt;/span&gt; with two positions is created and assigned a person to both positions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;2.&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);"&gt; Assign tasks to agent&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;TS 00007986 Requisition release - TO JOBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt; TS 00008014 Purchase requisition release refused - GENERAL&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt; TS 00008018 Requisition released - GENERAL&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt; TS 00008348 Requisition release reset - GENERAL&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt; WS 00000038 Workflow for purchase requisition release - TO JOBS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;3.&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 102); font-weight: bold;"&gt; Activate event linkage&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;WS 00000038 Workflow for purchase requisition release&lt;br /&gt; WE BUS2009 RELEASESTEPCREATE Purchase requisition Release step create is activated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;4.Activated release codes for workflow&lt;br /&gt;  [1= Role resolution with group, code, and plant (T16FW)]&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;5. &lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 102); font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Assigned release codes&lt;/span&gt; to agent (JOBS created in 1) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoBodyText"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;     The following error appears &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;     "Work item 60772: Linkage to object BUS2009 event REJECTED cannot be written ".&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"  style="font-family:trebuchet ms;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;A: Use transaction SWE2. Make sure "object BUS2009 event REJECTED" is enabled.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-5056083606032211869?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/5056083606032211869/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=5056083606032211869' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5056083606032211869'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5056083606032211869'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/12/sap-mm-faq-sap-material-management.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-2247622146994094816</id><published>2007-10-08T04:54:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-08T05:01:20.191+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Interview Qns'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;SAP MM Support Problem  Solution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Is it possible to maintain the same material master with same code in all  plants in a company. Our client is using same materials in all their four  plants?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Material numbers are always maintained at Company code level. If you look at  the Material master data, some data is maintained at Company code level, some at  Plant level and some at Storage location level. If you have all the 4 plants  attached to one company code, they should have the same material number. What  you need to do is to extend the material to all the 4 plants if thats your  requirement. Also, if you have your valuation area as your Plant, then you have  the flexibility to maintain Plant specific pricing for the same material.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can use MM01 T code to copy material from old plant to new plant. But  check for the required details in your new plant and make changes accordingly. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Where we do the configuration for the cost centre allocation, because  whenever we GR a material, accounting document is created for that particular  material.  How that particular material go in to the particular accounting (G/L  account&lt;/span&gt;)&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In Tcode: OBYC  -- Automatic Postings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;     for Inventory Posting Trns  Key is: BSX&lt;br /&gt;    for Off setting entries like Goods issue, initial  stock......Trans Key is :  GBB  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Based on the Movement types, Valuation class it will be assigned to a G/L  account.&lt;br /&gt;You can refer the configuration in Tcode: OBYC  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Could any one can explain complete configuration of pricing procedure  &amp;amp; application.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Basic thing is Condition Technique. In which there are&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Access  Sequence 2. Condition Record 3. Condition Type 4. Condition Table.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Access Sequence access a Condition Record of a Condition Type in a  Condition Table is a  Condition Technique.This is a simple logic   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here the Condition Type is very important like PB00, PBXX,RA01 etc.&lt;br /&gt;In  the background every Condition Type has its own defition means the purpose of  the Condition Type  like, is it for Pricing or Percentage, Quntity base, Accrual  Feilds etc is to be defined to work this functions.  Normally we use the  existing ones without any risk. But some cases, we have to Create a New  Condition Types as per the organisation requirement.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Pricing Schema is useful to minimise condition types while mention prices  for Vendor on the basis of Pricing Schema which we defined according to  organisation requirement.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Pricing Schema means the calculations procedure of Condition Type.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;"&gt;Ex.&lt;/span&gt;  RA01 - Discoount % is caclulated on PB00 - Gross Price  means  RA01  is based on PB00  like that we have to define in the Pricing Schema  which  makes easy to use in real time.  Here PB00 has the Access Sequence - 0002.   But RA01 does not have the Access Sequence.Why because it is a dependent on  PB00. But both are Condition Types.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the system, by default some standard  Scheme will be there at Vendor  Schema Group in the Vendor Master Screen means the standard one is assigned  which is very lengthy which may fullfil our requirement. But some cases which  may not fullfil our requirement, in such we have to define.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For the configuration, I may not able to explain properly through here but  will give some idea.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Configuration: &lt;/span&gt;SPRO - IMG - Material Management - Purchasing - Conditions - &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51);"&gt;Define Price &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;Deternmination Process:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Define Access Sequence&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2.  Define Condition Type&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3. Defince Calculation Schema:- Here you have to  define the Schema&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;- Define Schema group  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Define Schema Group vendor &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. Define Pricing Schema group&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3.  Schema group for Purchase  Organisation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. Assign Schema group to Purchase Organisation - Define  Schema determination&lt;br /&gt;1.define calculation schema for Standard purchase  organisation   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After completion of the Schema Group, we have to assign it to Vendors.   Then whenever we use any transaction with this Vendor, the concerned  Schema  will work as configured by us.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Pricing in MM is vast because each Condition have its own importance and  each Access Sequence have its own importance. So you need not bother about this.  First you learn how to define the Calculation Schema through the above.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-2247622146994094816?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/2247622146994094816/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=2247622146994094816' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/2247622146994094816'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/2247622146994094816'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/sap-mm-support-problem-solution-is-it.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-3001263180301053169</id><published>2007-10-08T04:51:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-08T04:54:02.217+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Interview Qns'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SAP Material Management Interview  Questions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Problem is that after goods receipt and AFTER invoice verification,  reversal of goods receipt is being done. Client wants this more controlled as  the GRIR account is being affected. So no reversals to be done after Invoice  verification.  How to approach this?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make this setting: SPRO &gt; Materials Management &gt; Inventory Management  and Physical Inventory &gt; Goods Receipt &gt; For GR-Based IV, Reversal of GR  Despite Invoice  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here remove the tick against Mvt 102 &amp;amp; 122.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now the system will not allow to return the Good at any case.     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;I have created a new vendor.  Later I found that there were some mistakes  and that I want that the system should not allow me to make any PO or post any  entries to this vendor.  How to deactivate this vendor?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can block a vendor at the following levels:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;All company code&lt;br /&gt;Single company code&lt;br /&gt;All Purchase org&lt;br /&gt;Single  Purchase org   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where to Get the Goods Movement Type List?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Step 1) Run spro command/TC&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Step 2) Then move to "SAP Reference IMG"  screen&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Step 3) Then navigate following path:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;IMG --&gt; Materials  Management --&gt; Inventory Management and Physical Inventory --&gt; Movement  Types --&gt; Copy, Change Movement types&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here with "Copy, Change Movement  types" option a help tutorial is available (rectangular blue colour icon). In  that go to "Further information"  section where you can find a big list of  movement types with some brief explanation.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where the schedule margin key is customized?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You define the order float in the scheduling margin key, The scheduling  margin key is copied from the material master. The float before production or  float after production and the release period are defined in the scheduling  margin key   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For Customizing for Shop Floor Control, by choosing Operations --&gt;  Scheduling --&gt; Define Scheduling Margin Key .&lt;br /&gt;The scheduling margin key  is assigned to the material ( MRP area in the material master) and is  transferred when the production order is created.  These values can be changed  in the production order.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the function of OBYC?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Function of the OBYC stand for Configure Automatic Postings.  In this step,  you enter the system settings for Inventory Management and Invoice Verification  transactions for automatic postings to G/L accounts.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Postings are made to G/L accounts automatically in the case of Invoice  Verification and Inventory Management&lt;br /&gt;transactions relevant to Financial  and Cost Accounting.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For example, Posting lines are created in the Stock account and Consumption  account.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Tell me what is *make to order*?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make-to-order production is a process in which a product is individually  manufactured for a particular customer. In contrast to mass production for an  unspecified market where a material is manufactured many times, in make-to-order  production a material is created only once though the same or a similar  production process might be repeated at a later time.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In global trade, you often need to process several different kinds of  transactions at the same time. The Trading Execution Workbench (TEW) provides a  central cockpit where traders can process trading contracts and their  subcomponents, such as purchase orders and sales orders and follow-on documents.  In addition, TEW automates a large part of the data entry, making processing  quicker, easier, and more error-free.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;How to delete a material completely?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Try MMDE transaction but be careful this will remove all material from  Client.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the use of Tables in MM. i.e. How the tables get created?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Through SE11 you can create a new Table. In MM if you create a Material  Master MARA, MARM, MARC,MARD, MBEW &amp;amp; MVKE will updated. In Vendor Master  LFA1, LFB1 &amp;amp; LFM1 will be updated. The same applies to EKKO,EKPO for P.O,  MSEG &amp;amp; MKPF for MIGO &amp;amp; RBKP for MIRO.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;If in any error, only the message no. ! or the table no. is shown , then  how to resolve the error using message no. or table no.?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Contact ABAP or BASIS person to resolve this.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;How to create new transaction codes? &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In transaction code SE93 you can create, Change &amp;amp; Display a Transaction  Code. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-3001263180301053169?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/3001263180301053169/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=3001263180301053169' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3001263180301053169'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3001263180301053169'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/sap-material-management-interview.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-5233305835062753854</id><published>2007-10-08T04:43:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-08T04:50:17.845+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Interview Qns'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: verdana;font-size:180%;" &gt;Interview Questions on SAP  MM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;1. What are the types of special stocks available? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Subcontracting, consignement, pipeline, project, sales order, RTP, stock  transfer ,third party.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;2. What are the types of inforecords?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Standard,  consignment,subcontracting &amp;amp; pipeline.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;3. What is meant by consignment stock?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The stock supplied by the  vendor is in the companies premises with the company having no liability for the  same.  The liability for the company will only be affected when the goods are  issued from the consignment stock for use.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;4. What are the steps involved in consignment cycle? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create  consignment info record with proper tax code, create Po with item category K,  maintain output condition record for KONS, process GR, no invoice verification  done, but settlement is done through MRKO transaction.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;5. Tell me about the subcontracting cycle.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Po is created with  item category L , the goods is transferred to subcontractor by 541 movemet. for  this movement note no accounting docs take place.  When GR is done  automatically, 543 movemnt takes place which take care of the consumption of  components from stock.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;6. How are the byproducts taken care of in subcontracting? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You  can add these by products in the BOM for the header matl.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;7. What is meant by scales? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Can scales be used in standard  purchase order?   You can fix a price in the info record for a say qty from  1-100 price RS150 &amp;amp; if the order qty is 101- 500- the prices is 140 . Scales  cannot be used directly in PO but can be pulled into the PO from various master  data like info record,  quota arrangement.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;8. What is the difference between a contract and a scheduling  agreement? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;With regard to Outline Agreement:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. You can create the  centrally contract (cross-plant) where you can maintain different pricing  conditions for each and every plant&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. You have to create the Release Order  with reference to Outline Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3. No detailed delivery schedule can  be made in the Release Order.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. No Release documentation is created. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;5. Only time-dependent conditions can be created.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;6. Some Item Category  'M' and 'W' can be used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;With regard to Scheduling Agreement:  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. The  Plant Location must be entered in the Scheduling Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. We do not  have to create any other purchasing document except for delivery schedule line  via Transaction ME38 or MRP running (with the appropriate setting of Source  List).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3. Delivery Schedule line items are created subject to your specific  requirement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. Can create both Scheduling Agreement with and without  Release Documentation (subject to the Document Type LP or LPA) with the  selection of either FRC or JIT delivery schedule.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;5. Either time-dependent  or time-independent conditions can be created subject to the customizing in the  Document Type of the Scheduling Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;6. Item Category 'M' and 'W' can  not be used.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;9. How does the system calculate taxes? &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;10. How does the system calculate nondeductible taxes?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;11. What is meant by batches? How can the batches be searched?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A  batch is a subdivision of your stock of a material having the same  characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;For instance:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- food production uses batches to  indicate the day of production.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- paint production uses batches based on  production date and the used ingredients. It is very hard to reproduce the same  color in exactly the same way at two different moments.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- or else may be  divided in batches based on their mineral content.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can search batches using the standard search facility (match code, key  F4) based on the naming convention of the batches or, if you use batch  classification, based on the characteristics of the batches.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;12. How is a shelf-life item managed in SAP? What is the full cycle?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;13. What are the settings required for quota arrangement? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To set  up a quota arrangement for the procurement of a material, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;Master data -&gt; Quota arrangement -&gt; Maintain, enter the material and  plant number,  press ENTER to display the overview screen for the quota  arrangement periods, Enter a validity period for quota arrangement, Enter date  until which the quota arrangement is valid. The start date is calculated by the  system. Press ENTER .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Select the quota arrangement and choose Goto -&gt;  Item overview to display the item overview screen of the quota arrangement.   Enter a quota arrangement item for each source of supply you want to include in  the quota arrangement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You must enter the following data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;-  Procurement type&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- Special procurement type, Enter k in the S column, for  example, if a consignment arrangement for the material exists with the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- Vendor number&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- Procurement plant (supplying plant):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- Quota  column, enter the quota assigned to each item.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Press ENTER .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The  percentage distribution of the quotas is calculated and displayed automatically  by the system.  Save the quota arrangement.  The system assigns a number to  the quota arrangement item automatically  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;14. What is meant by MRP Type and lot sizing?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;15. Can it be configured in such a way that the external requisitions can   also be taken into account while MRP runs in consumption-based planning if VB is  selected as MRP type? &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;16. How are free items managed in a PO? yu need to tick the tem as free in  the PO. The price will be zero for such PO's.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;17. What are the differences between release procedure with classification  and release procedure without classification? When are they used? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Release procedure with classification means the Purchase requsition can be  released both at item level &amp;amp;  at the header level. Release procedure with  out classification can also be used for PR which is used   for item level  release only. all other external documents cannot be relesed  with  classification. The two procedures are mutually exclusive (that is to say, you  must decide in favor of one of them only - you cannot use both).   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;18. Is it possible to have a release procedure without classification for  a PO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;19. What is the maximum number of levels available in SAP? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Did  not get this question …need answer to clarify.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Is it possible to have scales in a quotation? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;No   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;21. What is GR blocked stock? When it can be used? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whenever you  are not sure about the quality of the product received, you can put in GR  blocked stock.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. How are the variations in subcontracting taken care of in SAP? &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;23. How to give specifications for developments?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We normally  prepare a business requirement document in which we specify what is required.  what field &amp;amp; tables have to be referred for the required development.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. How to create PR or PO by MRP? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The PR is created  according  to the safety stock mentioned for the material or can be triggered from a  requirement . For creating a PO, you need to have the scheduling agreement in  place .After the MRP is run the schedule lines are generated which are nothing  but the PO. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-5233305835062753854?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/5233305835062753854/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=5233305835062753854' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5233305835062753854'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5233305835062753854'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/interview-questions-on-sap-mm-1.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-540181401146712797</id><published>2007-10-08T04:36:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-08T04:40:34.133+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adding Views'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;Adding Views in Material  Master&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 51, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;I am trying to add views using MM02.  It is showing me just 3 views  ...BASIC DATA1, BASIC DATA2 &amp;amp;  CLASSIFICATION..... I want to add other views  but am not able to do it.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;There are 2 ways to add views to the existing material master:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1.  &lt;/span&gt;Go to mm01&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    - Enter the material for which you want to add the  views.&lt;br /&gt;   - Then you enter the same material in copy from material &lt;br /&gt;   - Then you may find all the view&lt;br /&gt;   - Then select the views you  want to add and make entries in the same view and save it&lt;br /&gt;   All this is  done in mm01.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;or&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    You can mass extend views for a material in tcode mm50.&lt;br /&gt;   Select  the maintenance status as V for e.g. if you want to add views of sales.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2.&lt;/span&gt; If the default setting is done in the material of the material type then you  may not find the new views in mm01&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    If that is the case, then you go to  spro  &gt;&gt; log general &gt;&gt; mat master &gt;&gt; basic sett &gt;&gt;  material  types &gt;&gt; define attributes of materisl types.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    -  Select material type of the material in which you want to make the change&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    - Double click on the same, then on right hand side, you will find user  parameters under which you will find the views&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    - Select the view you  want and save your settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    - Then go to mm01 and do the way it is  mentioned in the first step.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Why we are maintaining 4 views for mrp? What is the  reason behind that? &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;The 4 MRP views that we maintain has got its individual  importance like in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- MRP1 - For for consumption  based planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- MRP2 - Procurement type (inhouse  or external)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- MRP3 - For Planning strategy &amp;amp;  consumption period&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- MRP4 - For repetitive  mfg.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;It is not mandatory to maintain all MRP views.  It  depends upon your company profile.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-540181401146712797?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/540181401146712797/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=540181401146712797' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/540181401146712797'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/540181401146712797'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/adding-views-in-material-master-i-am.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-3496659261382318018</id><published>2007-10-08T04:32:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-08T04:35:59.858+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Copying Plant to Another'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Procedures for copying One Plant to  Another&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can anyone give me a step by step process of creating  another plant or storage location by copying from an existing  one. &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Plants Definition :&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;/NSPRO-IMG---Enterprise Structure---Definition---Logistic  General---Define,copy,delete,check plant---Define Plant (In this, we are  defining plants(s) under company which is defined earlier)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;/NSPRO-IMG---Enterprise Structure---Definition---Logistic  General---Define,copy,delete,check plant--- copy,delete,check plant---F6 to copy  org. object from plant 0001 to defined plant(s).&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Storage Location :&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;/NSPRO-IMG---Enterprise Structure---Definition---Materials  Management---Maintain Storage Location-New Entries (Define required storage  location(s) under different plant(s) )&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;/NSPRO-IMG---Enterprise  Structure---Definition---Materials Management---Maintain Storage  Location---Storage Location Description---- New Entries ( enter here addresses  of each plants)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Copy Organizational object Plant using Transaction:   EC02.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(recommended to Copy from a standard  sap plant)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Create or copy storage location  using :OX09&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1. Copy existing plant A to new plant B.  All of plant  A’s data in throughout the IMG will be created/copied for plant B.  In some  cases with plant A data that is not desired.  In step 3 you must go through and  correct invalid entries&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2. Correct address information&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3. Correct data copied to plant B as plant A&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(a) In Sales and Distribution -&gt; Shipping -&gt;  Picking -&gt; Determine Picking Location -&gt; Assign Picking Locations (OVL3),  delete entry where Shipping Point = plant A and Plant = plant B and press  save.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(b) In Sales and Distribution -&gt; Shipping -&gt; Basic  Shipping Functions -&gt; Shipping Point Determination -&gt; Assign shipping  points – wherever plant B is found the shipping point is plant A,this must be  changed to plant B.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(c) In Enterprise Structure -&gt; Maintain Structure  -&gt; Assignment -&gt; Sales and Distribution -&gt; Assign shipping point to  plant – delete plant B shipping point from the plant A assignement.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(d) In Enterprise Structure -&gt; Maintain Structure  -&gt; Definition -&gt; Sales and Distribution -&gt; Define, copy, delete, check  shipping point – copy shipping point plant A to shipping point plant B. Correct  the description in the define section of this node.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(e) In Sales and Distribution -&gt; Shipping -&gt;  Picking -&gt; Determine Picking Location -&gt; Assign Picking Locations (OVL3),  copy plant A entry to plant B entry, changing all data to plant B.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(f) Check with Reorder buying group to determine MRP  controllers for new plant.  Remove plant A MRP controllers from plant B, and add  controllers received from reorder buying group.  IMG is Materials Management  -&gt; Consumption Based Planning -&gt; Master Data -&gt; Define MRP  controllers&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(g) Define special procurement. IMG is Materials  Management -&gt; Consumption Based Planning -&gt; Master Data -&gt; Define  special procurement type.  &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(h) OMGN – Assign customer in “Set up stock transport  order – [Plant]”.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(i) OMGN – in “Set up stock transport order – [Purchasing  Document type]”; an entry was created for source plant B and plant A, this entry  should have a UB order type and the check box should be off. Each plant needs a  plant B UB entry created.  &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(j) OMJ3 – Delete incorrect entry in print parameters.   Remove entry where plant =  plant B &amp;amp; storage location = plant A.  Create  entry for plant B storage location B&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(k) Verify entry for new plant exists in OVLT picking  output&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(l) Verify entry for new plant is correct in  VP01&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;4. Manual configuration&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(a) Create plant customer number and assign to plant in  OMGN.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(b) OMJ3 – set correct printer for plant B&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(c) OPK8 – Set printer for plant for list LG01.  This is  for production orders.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;(d) Output determination OVLT (set printer), &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;In addition to above, other changes based on  customization in your installation needs to be done as well.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-3496659261382318018?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/3496659261382318018/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=3496659261382318018' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3496659261382318018'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3496659261382318018'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/procedures-for-copying-one-plant-to.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-2534755197251262626</id><published>2007-10-08T04:25:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-08T04:30:30.965+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Safety Stock'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Safety Stock Calculation in  SAP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Let me try and explain to you through a mix of functional procedures and how  SAP calculates the Safety Stock:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In normal materials management there are basically 2 basic inventory  management systems, the P system and the Q system.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;P system is a system wherein replenishment is done keeping the quantity  constant. The period becomes the variant. In other words you fix the quantity  you want the stock to dip, to trigger a requirement. As soon as the stock level  is reached you replenish the stock. During a lean period the time taken to reach  the level will be longer and during an active period the time taken to reach  that stock could drop.This normally relates with your consumption based  planning.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Q system is a system wherein replenishment is done keeping the period  constant. The quantity becomes the variant. In other words you will check for  the level of stock at fixed time intervals (daily, weekly, monthly etc.) compare  it with the requirements on that day and trigger the procurement process for  replenishment.This normally relates with your MRP.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;Now there are 4 more factors that could affect the idealistic procurement  pattern:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Ordering Lead-time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. Manufacuring Lead-time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3.  Transporting Lead-time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. Stock conversion Lead-time (or Quality Inspection  lead time)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;delay&lt;/span&gt; in any or all of the above can have effect on the entire  replenishment process and the stock. A buffer stock must be designed to take  into account the above coverage. Again the determination of your safety stock  depends on the accuracy of your forecast. Higher your accuracy, lower your  safety stock. This relationship between forecast accuracy and service level&lt;br /&gt;is denoted by factor R. This also takes into account that the customer  demand cannot be always satisfied 100% of the time.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Hence what we have is: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;R = Relationship between forecast accuracy and  service level (Service Factor)&lt;br /&gt;W = Delivery time (in days) / Forecast  Period (in days)&lt;br /&gt;MAD = Mean absolute deviation (parameter for forecast  accuracy)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now If replenishment lead time is greater than the forecast period by factor  W then:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Safety Stock = R x Sq.rt. W x MAD   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Else   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Safety Stock = R x W x MAD   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now in SAP If the material is produced in-house, the delivery time is:  opening period + in-house production time + goods receipt processing time. It is  expressed in workdays. The forecast period is taken from the material master  record and is also expressed in workdays.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the material is procured externally, the delivery time is: Processing time  for purchasing + planned delivery time + goods receipt processing time. It is  expressed in calendar days. The forecast period is taken from the material  master record and is also expressed in calendar days.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;As a result of this you will have observed now that the safety stock must  cover both the unplanned material excess consumption, as well as the additional  requirements caused by delayed deliveries.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In SAP you can specify a minimum safety stock. If the result of the safety  stock calulation by the system is lower than this limit, the safety stock is  automatically set to this value. You enter the minimum safety stock in the  material master record (MRP 2 screen).   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Safety Stock:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In IMG -&gt; Materials Management -&gt; consumption Based Planning -&gt;  Master Data -&gt; Check MRP Types (transaction code OMDQ) you use the indicator  Calculate Safety Stock so that system calculates the safety stock  automatically.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The safety stock can be calculated automatically for materials planned with  one of the consumption-based planning procedures if:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. The service level  has been maintained in the material master record.&lt;br /&gt;2. Historical data  exists&lt;br /&gt;3. The forecast has been carried out for the material.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Dynamic Safety Stock:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the option Define Range of coverage profiles is chosen in IMG (Tr.Code  OM1A) you can determine a safety stock level that takes into account:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Requirements.&lt;br /&gt;2. Range of coverage   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;The limiting factors to the above are:&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Maximum and minimum range of coverage ( defined period , that is month,  week or PPC planning calendar)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. Determination of various periods for the  validity of the range of coverage.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;The system uses the formula:&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dynamic safety stock = average daily requirements (ADR) x Range of coverage   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;ADR = Requirements in the specific period / number of days in the total  period length (defined period x standard days)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Please note here that if you carry out the planning run even in the middle of  the month the system will include even the requirements planned at the beginning  of the month.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Please also note that you can determine the range of coverage for a maximum  of 3 periods.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Range of Coverage in the First Period&lt;br /&gt;2. Range of Coverage in the  second period&lt;br /&gt;3. Range of coverage on the rest of the horizon   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;However you have the option of maintaining different coverage for each of  these periods.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Based on your customization the system determines the number of days used for  calculating your average daily requirement   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Minimum Stock Level (mSL) = ADR x minimum range of coverage&lt;br /&gt;Target Stock  Level (Dynamic Safety Stock this is DSL) = ADR x Target range of coverage.&lt;br /&gt;Maximum Stock Level (MSL) = ADR x maximum range of coverage.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Having confirmed the above, I will now try and explain through an example how  the system calculates the Dynamic safety stock:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Presume that the system has determined the ADR as 25 Kgs for a material.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You have set the following in customizing:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Minimum Range of coverage = 2 days&lt;br /&gt;Target Range of coverage = 6 days&lt;br /&gt;Maximum Range of coverage = 10 days   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now the System determines the following;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;mSL = 2*25 = 50 KGs&lt;br /&gt;DSL = 6*25 = 150 KGs&lt;br /&gt;MSL = 10*25 = 250 KGs   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is what happens for various levels of stock   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Case 1:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Stock = 45 Kgs&lt;br /&gt;System Activity = DSL - stock&lt;br /&gt;Procurement Proposal =  105 Kgs   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Case 2:&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Stock = 60 Kgs&lt;br /&gt;System Activity = DSL - stock&lt;br /&gt;Procurement Proposal =  90 Kgs   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Case 3:&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Stock = 155 Kgs&lt;br /&gt;System Activity = none&lt;br /&gt;Procurement Proposal = none    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Case 4:&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Stock = 255 Kgs   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;System Activity = System checks whether the procurement proposal is firmed  and if yes it displays an exception message.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Also note that in the case of Time Phased materials planning The range of  coverage is calculated differently.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-2534755197251262626?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/2534755197251262626/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=2534755197251262626' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/2534755197251262626'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/2534755197251262626'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/safety-stock-calculation-in-sap-let-me.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-5527392753835616533</id><published>2007-10-07T21:34:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-07T21:58:45.018+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='General'/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Maintain Plant&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Plant 0001 is the SAP default.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OX14&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Define Valuation Area (Tick one  only- Once your system go live, no more changes)&lt;br /&gt;            Most company  take the SAP recommended choice - Value Material Stock at Plant level&lt;br /&gt;            Value Material Stock at Plant or Company Level   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you valuate material stocks at plant level, the plant is the  valuation  area.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you valuate material stocks at company code level, the company code is  the valuation area.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The decision you make applies to the whole client.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OX10&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Create / Change / View Plants   &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OVXB&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Create / Change / View Division   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OX18&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign Plant to company code&lt;br /&gt;             e.g.       0001 - 0001 - All Plants&lt;br /&gt;                                     Px1   - Plant Px1&lt;br /&gt;                                     Px2   - Plant Px2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OX19&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assignment of company code to the Controlling  Area   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OB38&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign company code to Credit  Control Area   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OMJ7&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign business area to  Plant/Valuation area and division&lt;br /&gt;            e.g. Plant Px1 - Business  Area Bx1&lt;br /&gt;                                                           Bx2&lt;br /&gt;            Assign Valuation area to the Business Area&lt;br /&gt;             .e.g. Valuation area Vx1 - Business Area Bx1&lt;br /&gt;                                                    Business Area Bx2   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;OMS0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign Factory Calendar to the Plant  and Business Area   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;The plant plays an important role in the following areas: &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Material Valuation - If the valuation level is the plant, the material  stocks are valuated at plant level. Each plant can have its own material prices  and account determination.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Inventory Management - The material stocks are managed within a plant.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;MRP - Material requirements are planned for each plant. Each plant has its  own MRP data. Analyses for materials planning can be made across plants.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Production - Each plant having they own production/planning.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Costing - In costing, valuation prices are defined only within a plant.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Plant Maintenance  - If a plant performs plant maintenance planning tasks,  it is defined as a maintenance planning plant. A maintenance planning plant can  also carry out planning tasks for other plants (maintenance plants).   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;If you want to use the application PP (production planning) or product  costing and job-order costing, you must set valuation at plant level.   &lt;p&gt;The valuation level that you choose affects   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;the maintenance of material master records   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;the G/L accounts in which material stocks are managed   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;the G/L accounts to which transactions are posted in Materials Management   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;Effect on the maintenance of material master records: &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Depending on the valuation level chosen,   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;you maintain accounting data in the material master record for each plant or  for each company code   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;you define a valuation price for the material in each plant or in each  company code  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Effect on G/L accounts: &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p&gt;If material stocks are valuated at company code level, all plant stocks of a  material are managed in a joint stock account for each company code.&lt;br /&gt;If  material stocks are valuated at plant level, you can manage the material stocks  for each plant in different accounts. For each plant, you can define a separate  determination.&lt;br /&gt;If several plants are to use account determination, you can  group these plants in "Valuation and Account Assignment" Customizing.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Material Master - Introduction&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The material master is the starting point for the rest of the modules.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;What Material Types are there?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The material types that you use are configured in &lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Customizing&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  for the Material Master under   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Logistics Master Data : Material Master -&gt; Material  -&gt; Control data -&gt; Define material type attributes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The following list shows you the material types contained, for example, in  the standard SAP R/3 System, and what their different roles are:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;DIEN (services)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Services are procured externally and cannot  be stored. A material master record of this material type can always contain  purchasing data.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;FERT (finished products)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Finished products are produced by  the company itself. Since they cannot be ordered by Purchasing, a material  master record of this material type does not contain purchasing data.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;FHMI (production resources/tools)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Production  resources/tools are procured externally and used in the manufacture of products.  A material master record of this material type can contain purchasing data, but  no sales data. It is managed on a quantity basis. Examples of production  resources/tools are apparatus, equipment, and measuring and testing devices.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;HALB (semifinished products)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Semifinished products can be  procured externally (sub-contracting) as well as manufactured in-house. They are  then processed by the company. A material master record of this material type  can contain both purchasing and work scheduling data.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;HAWA (trading goods)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Trading goods are always procured  externally and then sold. A material master record of this material type can  contain purchasing and sales data.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;HIBE (operating supplies)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Operating supplies are procured  externally and required for the manufacture of other products. A material master  record of this material type can contain purchasing data but no sales data.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;NLAG (non-stock material)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Non-stock material is material  that is not held in stock because it is consumed immediately. (Office supplies  such as stationary. You need to create purchase order and accounting document  for payment but the stock balance is always zero as it is issued out immediately  to the various department.)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;ROH (raw materials)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Raw materials are always procured  externally and then processed. Since raw materials cannot be sold, a material  master record of this material type contains no sales data.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;UNBW (non-valuated materials)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Non-valuated materials are  managed on a quantity basis, but not by value.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;VERP (packaging materials)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Packaging materials are used to  transport goods and come with the goods free of charge. A material master record  of this material type is managed both on a quantity basis and by value.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;WETT (competitive products)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Competitive products have their  own material master records created from the Basic Data view. The competitor's  number, which is stored in the material master record, assigns the material to a  particular competitor.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Maintain the Material Type&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OMS2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Material Type Maintenance -  Create/Change/Display   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Steps:-   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;transaction OMS2   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;click Change   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;key in the Material Type you want to change e.g. FERT then hit enter   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Views belows allows you to choose the Views for each Material  Type.&lt;br /&gt;(Press the &lt;i&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Page up/Page Down&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt; keys to  scroll the views)   &lt;p&gt;If you tried to change from FERT to HAWA in &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;4.6x&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;, you will receive an error message :-&lt;br /&gt;The  material type cannot be changed. This is not allowed if only external  procurement is defined for the new material type, or if the new material type  has a different account category reference than the old material type.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To overcome it, goto OMS2 and change the HAWA material type.&lt;br /&gt;In the  Internal/external purchase orders sections:&lt;br /&gt;                                        Original                 Changes&lt;br /&gt;Ext. purchase orders               2                           1&lt;br /&gt;Int.  purchase orders                0                           1   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Screens in Material Master&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;MM01 - Create, MM02 - Change, MM03 - Display and MM06 - Flag for deletion.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;MM04 - Display the changes done to the material master.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;MMAM - Change the Material Type.  for e.g. from FERT to HALB   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Configure the Material Master Screen MM01 / MM02 / MM03   &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OMSR&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign the field to the field group&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OMS9&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Maintain the data screen field   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Unit of Measure&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the material master, there is a Units of measure button for users to store  in the different conversion rate.  This sample&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);" href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/" target="_blank"&gt;program (ZUNT)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;extract the data from the unit of measure conversion table.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;In the Material Master the moving average price are affected by:-&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Goods Receipt for Purchase Orders   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Transfer from Plant to Plant   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Invoice Receipt   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Settlement   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Price Change  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Common configuration changes-&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;define new material group (&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OMSF&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;)   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;define new valuation class (&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OMSK&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;) and  automatic posting (&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OBYC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;)   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;define new material account assignment group (transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OVK5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;) and&lt;br /&gt;Customer/Material/Account keys  (transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;VKOA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;) &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;div class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Block materials from inventory posting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;After blocking,  when the user do a inventory posting, they will get this error message :-   &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;E: Material xxxxx has status Blocked for  procmnt/whse&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To activate the blocking :-   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Goto transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;MM02&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Purchasing View   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Type in &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; at the &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;MM/PP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; status field and save it   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Create Delivery Log - Material xxx is blocked&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;During the Create Delivery (&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;VL01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;), SAP  prompt you a log that &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Material xxx is  blocked&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;During the Sales Order Create/Change for that material,  there might be some  update termination that causes the locked of the material  (Windows hanged or  power failure).   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can check using transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;SM12&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - type  an "*" at the User name field.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check whether the material is in the locked list.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If it is in the locked list, asked the user to log out before you delete it  from the locked list.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Maintain Storage Location&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;MMSC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Collective entry of Storage Location  for a material.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Insert new or delete un-used Storage Location.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Maintain whether the storage location was included or excluded from MRP run.    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Block Storage Location from further posting&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. You can block the storage location of a material without affecting the  rest of the location using the same material.&lt;br /&gt;   Create a Physical  Inventory document for the storage location with transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;MI01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    Select the Posting Block checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;   This would prevent  transactions from occuring until you either post or delete the physical  inventory document.&lt;br /&gt;   (There are no impact, unless you do a post  difference for the physical inventory document.)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. Another method is to rename the storage location name.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;    Go to transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OX09&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   Edit  -&gt; Copy as (copy the original storage location to a new name, replacing the  first character e.g. ZXXX)&lt;br /&gt;   Edit -&gt; Delete    (delete the original  storage location)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do the reverse if you want back the original storage location.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Accounting document number range for MM&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;OMW9&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Document Type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Double click on desire  transaction code to check the document type for number range.&lt;br /&gt;                             (e.g. MR21 Document type - PR)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Financial accounting document type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign  the document type to a number range and account type.&lt;br /&gt;                                                             (e.g. PR -  Account type allowed for posting will be &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;MS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double click on the document type PR.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Assign an unique starting number range that was not used.  e.g. 88   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose the Account type for Material and G/L account (MS)   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The rest of the fields are optional (you can leave it as blank)   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SAP definitions for account type -&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;A - Assets   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;D - Customers   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;K - Vendors   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;M - Material   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;S - G/L accounts  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Number ranges for  financial accounting document type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Assign the number range to the  running number range.   &lt;p&gt;No.      Year (till)     From number       To number        Current number     Ext (no tick internal or tick external)&lt;br /&gt;88        9999           8800000000        8899999999    Track by SAP      Blank   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Accounting document will be generated if there are stocks during price  change, if you don't have any stocks, no accounting document will be generated  as there are no inventory to revaluate for price differences.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Valuation Class for Material Group&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;4.6x and 4.5b&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;, you can assign valuation  class to Material Group.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is useful in the sense that user do not have to manually do an Account  Assignments.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For stock items, valuation class cannot be changed whenever the stock on hand  is not zero.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Valuation class are tied to a G/L account.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A change of valuation class means a change of G/L account.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In FI concept, you have to debit and credit to balance the G/L account.  That  is why your stock must be zero before the system allows you to changed the  valuation class.  If it is not zero, you have to either transfer it to another  material or do a dummy issues.  After changing the valuation class, do a  reversal entries for the stocks which you have transfer out or you have done a  dummy issues.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;IMG - Material Management  -&gt; Purchasing -&gt;  Material Master -&gt; Entry aids for items without a Material Master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);" class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;G/L Accounts in MM Account Determination&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The program &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;RM07C030&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; check all the G/L  account define in your Material Master valuation class.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Search is via Company code and Valuation area.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="H2"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Compare fields status for movement types against General  Ledger&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;SA38&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; then run &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;RM07CUFA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-5527392753835616533?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/5527392753835616533/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=5527392753835616533' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5527392753835616533'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5527392753835616533'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/maintain-plant-plant-0001-is-sap.html' title=''/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-8327308574958363368</id><published>2007-10-03T02:25:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-07T05:03:35.157+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Config Setting BM'/><title type='text'>Configuration Setting</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Config Setting In Batch  Management&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;This will help you for config setting:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Logistics general - Batch Management  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1.1. Specify Batch Level&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics  General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Specify batch level and activate batch  status management Transaction  OMCT  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.2. Batch Number - Activate Internal Number Assignment&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Number Assignment --&gt; Activate internal batch number assignment Transaction   OMCZ  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.3. Batch Creation - for Goods Movements&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Creation of new  batches --&gt; Define batch creation for goods movements Transaction  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.4. Characteristic Value Assignment -- Update Standard Characteristics &lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch  Management --&gt; Characteristic Value Assignment --&gt; Update Standard  Characteristics Transaction  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.5. Activate Batch Classification for Goods Movements in Inventory  Management&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt;  Batch Management --&gt; Characteristic Value Assignment --&gt; Valuation for  goods movements --&gt; Activate Batch Classification for goods movements in  Inventory Management Transaction  OMCV  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.6. Batch Determination – Condition Table(Cross Client)&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Condition Tables --&gt; Define production  order condition tables Transaction  OPLB  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.7. Batch Determination – Condition Table(Cross Client)&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Condition Tables --&gt; Define SD  condition Tables Transaction  V/C7  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.8. Batch Determination – Access Sequence(Cross Client)&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Access Sequences --&gt; Define Production  Order Access Sequences Transaction  OPLF  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.9. Batch Determination – Access Sequence(Cross Client)&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Access Sequences --&gt; Define SD Access  Sequences Transaction  V/C2  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.10. Batch Determination – Strategy Types&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define Production Order Strategy Types  Transaction  OPLE  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.11. Batch Determination – Strategy Types&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define SD Strategy Types Transaction   V/C1  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.12.  Batch Determination – Batch Search Procedure&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define IM   Search Procedure Transaction   OMCY  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.13.  Batch Determination – Batch Search Procedure&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define Production order Search Procedure  Transaction  OPLG  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.14.  Batch Determination – Batch Search Procedure&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define SD Search Procedure Transaction   V/C3  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.15.  Batch Determination – Batch Search Procedure Allocation&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Allocate IM search procedure/activate  check Transaction  OMCG  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.16. Batch Determination – Batch Search Procedure Allocation&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path   Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Assign Search procedure to production  order Transaction  OPL8  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.17.  Batch Determination – Batch Search Procedure Allocation(SD)&lt;br /&gt;Menu  Path  Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt;  Batch Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Allocate SD Search procedure  Transaction  V/C5  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.18.  Batch Determination – Activate Automatic Batch Determination(SD)&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch  Management --&gt; Batch Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Activate  Automatic Batch Determination in SD --&gt;For delivery item categories  Transaction  V/CL  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.19.  Batch Determination – Batch Selection Class&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define Selection Classes Transaction   CL01  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.20.  Batch Determination – Sort Rule&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise  Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch Management --&gt; Batch  Determination &amp;amp; Batch Check --&gt; Define Sort Rules Transaction  CU70  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.21.   Batch Determination – Make Settings for Batch Where-used list&lt;br /&gt;Menu Path  Enterprise Structure--&gt; Logistics General--&gt; Batch  Management --&gt; Make Settings for Batch Where-used list Transaction  OMBB &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-8327308574958363368?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/8327308574958363368/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=8327308574958363368' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8327308574958363368'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8327308574958363368'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/configuration-setting.html' title='Configuration Setting'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-6593733154438025194</id><published>2007-10-03T02:02:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T02:15:30.884+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Batch Handling'/><title type='text'>Batch Handling</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;SAP Batch Handling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a batch no. of a materail? and where can we mention batch no for  material? Can we maintain batch no in mm01 Tcode while creating material?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In simple terms SAP Batch Handling means an additional keys fields for users  to identify the same materials.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;e.g&lt;/span&gt;.  Normal Control : Plant + Material + Storage Location&lt;br /&gt;             Batch Hanlding  : Plant + Material + Storage Location + Batch  Number  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The structure of the material master record allows you to manage stocks of a  material by value at  plant level or company-code level and by quantity down to  storage-location level. Under certain conditions, you may need to make further  subdivisions for a material and manage batches.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Certain materials' features cannot always be guaranteed to be exactly alike  in production. For example, you cannot guarantee that a certain color will  always have the same shade. Minor differences between production lots cannot be  avoided. You need to be able to uniquely identify the individual production lots  of the same material and manage them separately in inventory.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Materials that require such precise identification, for example  pharmaceutical products, are identified and managed in stock not only according  to material number, but also according to batch number.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;With batch handling, you can manage not only production lots from in-house  production, but also production lots from vendors as separate entities.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to supplement standard batch management with batch status  management.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What Is a Material Handled in Batches?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before you can manage batches of a material in stock, you must first specify  in the material master record that the material is to be managed in batches for  the specified plant. To do this, you must set the batch management requirement  indicator in the material master record (for example, in the Purchasing view  field &lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;MARA-XCHPF&lt;/span&gt; or Storage Location view field &lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;MARC-XCHPF&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Whether the material is managed in batches:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This indicator can be  set while creating material.&lt;br /&gt;MM01 -- General Plant data/storage 1 View --  Batch Management (check box)&lt;br /&gt;(Check also Purchasing or Warehouse Mgmt 1  view).  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Level of Batch Number Assignment&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a  material is subject to management in batches, every quantity of that material  must be assigned to a batch. Each batch of a material is identified by a unique  batch number, under which it is managed. This number is either entered by the  user (external number assignment) or assigned automatically by the system.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can define number assignment for batches at various levels:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- Uniquely at client level for a material&lt;br /&gt;- Uniquely at material level &lt;br /&gt;- Uniquely at plant level  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the standard R/3 System, &lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;numbers are assigned to the  individual materials at plant level&lt;/span&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For every batch, there are two types of data:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- General data on the batch (for example, shelf life expiry date, date of the  last goods receipt),  which is defined in the master batch. The master batch  applies to all storage locations in which the batch is located. No stocks are  managed at this level.&lt;br /&gt;- Stock data, which is managed separately for every  storage location in which the batch is located.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For example, if the batch C1 of a material is spread across two different  storage locations, the stock quantity is tracked for each storage location.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Must the Batch Exist Before the First Goods  Receipt?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Both the master batch and the stock data for the batch  are created automatically during the first goods receipt. Thus, you do not need  to create this data manually.  However, if you want to define specific data for  a batch, such as the shelf life expiration date, you have to manually maintain  the batch data.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What Sorts of Batch Stocks Are There?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The following stocks are managed separately at batch level:&lt;br /&gt;-  Unrestricted-use stock&lt;br /&gt;- Restricted-use stock&lt;br /&gt;- Quality inspection  stock&lt;br /&gt;- Blocked stock&lt;br /&gt;- Stock in transfer&lt;br /&gt;- Blocked stock returns   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Working with Materials Handled in Batches&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you enter goods movements for materials handled in batches, you must  enter the batch number in addition to the material number. If you do not know  the batch number, you can search for the batch using the required  characteristics.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-6593733154438025194?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/6593733154438025194/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=6593733154438025194' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/6593733154438025194'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/6593733154438025194'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/sap-batch-handling-what-is-batch-no.html' title='Batch Handling'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-3764789597572047254</id><published>2007-10-03T01:57:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T02:01:31.079+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mass Change'/><title type='text'>Mass Change Material Group</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Mass Change Material Group In Materials  Master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;How I can move several materials belonging to one Material Group to  another Material Group?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. SE16 - MARA table find all the material with OLD_material_group.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. MM17 - select TABLE as MARA and FIELDS as MATKL (material group), press  execute.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_MmNNodviakc/RwKp8jC0jcI/AAAAAAAAAVs/33D4FIdgmKw/s1600-h/1.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_MmNNodviakc/RwKp8jC0jcI/AAAAAAAAAVs/33D4FIdgmKw/s400/1.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5116838984310623682" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_MmNNodviakc/RwKp8jC0jdI/AAAAAAAAAV0/P72nhRf4Zts/s1600-h/2.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_MmNNodviakc/RwKp8jC0jdI/AAAAAAAAAV0/P72nhRf4Zts/s400/2.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5116838984310623698" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;3. In tab "Data Records to be changed", copy all the materials you have  selected in step 1. Press execute.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. In NEW VALUES field enter NEW_material_group. Press 'Carry out a mass  change' button.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;5. Press Save.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;6. Check in MARA table for materials with new material group.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-3764789597572047254?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/3764789597572047254/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=3764789597572047254' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3764789597572047254'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3764789597572047254'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/10/mass-change-material-group.html' title='Mass Change Material Group'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_MmNNodviakc/RwKp8jC0jcI/AAAAAAAAAVs/33D4FIdgmKw/s72-c/1.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-7178054182518441880</id><published>2007-09-26T23:42:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-27T00:27:06.152+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Change Base UOM'/><title type='text'>Change Base UOM</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Change Base Unit of  Measure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;One raw material we assigned base unit of measure as OZ, later add  alternate unit of measure as ML.  &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Now I wanted to change the base unit to ML and alternaet to OZ.  For that  I deleted component from the BOM.  Related PO's, Prd ord and demand are closed.   Deleted the alternate unit from purchasing and plant/stock (Area were we assign  the alternate unit), then try to change it giving message as Unit of measure ML  used as alternate unit.  (In additinal data screen still the alternate unit and  conversion available)&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;You can do the following procedure (after deleting the material in all  concerened documents):&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;1. Delete the uom from Unit of issue field (General Plant Data / Storage 1)  in MM if you have mentioned it there.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2. Go to additional data , use delete line tab and delete the conversion  factor by keeping the cursor on that line.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3. Come to main data, now change the base unit of measure to the required  one.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. Then give the alternative unit of measure, system will ask for conversion  factor.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;5. Then save&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-7178054182518441880?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/7178054182518441880/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=7178054182518441880' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7178054182518441880'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7178054182518441880'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/change-base-uom.html' title='Change Base UOM'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-545064446094050313</id><published>2007-09-26T23:39:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T23:42:32.698+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Changing V.Types'/><title type='text'>Changing V.Types</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Changing the Material Valuation  Types&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Assuming you have defined split valuation types in the sap img, you must  remove all stock for the current period and one previous period before you can  create the material with different valuation types.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;The best method is to wait until the last day of a period, and then perform a  physical inventory adjustment to remove the stock.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Then on the first day of the next period you can set up the material  accounting views for each split valuation type.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;After the material valuation types are set up for the material, you can do an  inventory adjustment to put the stock back in.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Make sure you notify your accounting inventory control departments as to the  quantities and values you are taking out at &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;the end of the period. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-545064446094050313?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/545064446094050313/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=545064446094050313' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/545064446094050313'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/545064446094050313'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/changing-vtypes.html' title='Changing V.Types'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-4352545321339664745</id><published>2007-09-26T23:05:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T23:38:45.378+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Split Valuation'/><title type='text'>Split Valuation</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;font-size:130%;" &gt;SAP Split Valuation for  Materials&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The SAP R/3 System allows you to valuate stocks of a  material either together or separately, that is, according to different  valuation criteria. Split valuation is necessary if, for example:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1. Stock from in-house production has a different  valuation price than externally procured stock.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2. Stock obtained from one manufacturer is valuated at a  different price than stock obtained from another manufacturer.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3. Different batch stocks of a material have different  valuation prices.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4. Value damaged and repair part differently from a new part.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;To used split valuation, you have to activate it using  '&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMW0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;'.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;To change split material valuation once it has been set,  you must&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1.  first post out all stocks (for example, to a cost  center or with movement type &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;562&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2.  then change the control  parameters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3.  if necessary, change the automatic  account determination&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;4.  finally post the stocks  back in again&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;In split valuation, you can distinguish between partial  stocks of a material according to certain criteria and valuate them  separately.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;The material stock is divided according to valuation  category and valuation type.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;The valuation category determines how the partial stocks  are divided, that is, according to which criteria. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;The valuation type describes the characteristics of the  individual stocks. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;With the function "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Setting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;" you can determine:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;which valuation categories exist in your company (global  categories) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;which valuation types exist in your  company (global types) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;which valuation types  belong to which valuation category &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;which  valuation categories exist in a valuation area (local categories) &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Your entries are only relevant if you set split valuation  as active in the function "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Global  settings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;".&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;In the standard SAP R/3 System, the following valuation  categories are default settings :  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;B procurement type with the valuation types:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;"&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;EIGEN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;" for in-house production&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;"&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;FREMD&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;" for external procurement&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;H Origin &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;X automatic valuation (only for batch) &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;To select split valuation ('&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMWC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;'), proceed as follows:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1.  Determine the valuation categories and valuation  types that are allowed for all valuation areas:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;global valuation categories via menu "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Goto --&gt; Global Categories&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;" &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;global valuation types via  menu "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Goto --&gt; Global Types&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;" &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2.  Allocate the valuation types to the valuation  categories.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     a) Select "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Goto --&gt; Global Categories&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;".&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     b) Position the cursor on a  valuation category and select &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;         "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Goto --&gt; Global Categories --&gt; Assignments  --&gt; 'Types-&gt;Category'&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;".&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     c) Activate the valuation types you want.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3.  Determine the local valuation categories for each  valuation area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     a) Select "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Goto --&gt; Local definitions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;".&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     b) Position the cursor on a  valuation area and select &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;          "&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Goto --&gt; Local Definitions --&gt; Allocate  Categoires-&gt;Org.units (button Cats-&gt;(OU)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;". &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;         You obtain a list of  the global valuation categories.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     c) Activate  the categories to be used in this valuation area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;         The system creates the local valuation types based on the  allocations under point 2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;         Only now can  you create a master record with split valuation.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Specifying Split Valuation by creating Material  Subject to Split Valuation&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1.  Create a material master record, selecting the  Accounting View 1. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2.  Enter your data as  required on the Accounting data screen, specifying a valuation category. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;     (If you can't find the valuation category field, it  might be hidden, use &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMSR&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; to define the Field Groups. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;       Look for the field &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;MBEW-BWTTY&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; for Valuation category).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3.   Be  sure that the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;price control indicator is V for  moving average price&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; and enter a moving average  price. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;4.   In the case of split valuation, you  can create only one valuation header record with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;price control V&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; because the  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;individual stock values are cumulated, and this  total value is written to the valuation header record.  This is where  the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; individual stocks of a material are  managed cumulatively. To do this, fill in the Valuation category field on the  accounting&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;screen when you create the  material master record and &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;leave the Valuation  type field blank&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;5.   Save your data and the system creates the valuation header  record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;6.   The initial screen appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;7.   Extend the material by creating new material master  records from the Accounting view 1. For the first material, specify a&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;valuation type in the Organizational Levels dialog  box and enter the respective accounting data on the data screen. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Proceed likewise for the other materials,  distinguishing between them by valuation type.  To do this, call up the material  in&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; creation mode again. Due to the fact  that a valuation header record exists, the system requires you to enter a  valuation &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;type for the valuation  category.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;8.   Repeat step seven for every  valuation type planned.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;You want to valuate the stock of material XYZ that you  obtain from manufacturer A in Los Angeles at a different price than the stock  you obtain from manufacturer B in Detroit. In this case, the valuation category  is H for origin. Your valuation types can be LOS ANGELES and DETROIT.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;If a material is subject to split valuation, every  quantity (sub-stock) of this material must be assigned to a valuation type (for  example, country of origin). &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;For every valuation type, there are two types of data in  the system, as follows:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Valuation data (for example, valuation price, total stock  quantity, total stock value), which is defined for every valuation type at  valuation-area level and applies to all dependent storage locations. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Stock data, which, like batch data, is managed separately  for each storage location. If a material that is subject to split valuation is  also subject to management in batches, its stock data is not managed by  valuation type, but rather by batch. Every batch is assigned to a valuation  type.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;The stock quantity, stock value, and valuation price for  all valuation types are managed cumulatively at valuation-area level.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Must the Valuation Type Exist Before the First  Goods Receipt?&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;You can post the goods receipt of material of a certain  valuation type only if the valuation data for this valuation type already  exists, because the system valuates the goods receipt at the price defined in  the valuation data. On the other hand, the stock data for the valuation type is  created automatically during the first goods receipt into the storage location,  if this is defined in Customizing for Inventory Management. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Goods Movements with Materials Subject to Split  Valuation&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;If you want to enter goods movements for materials  subject to split valuation, you must enter the valuation type in addition to the  material number. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Enter the valuation type in the Batch field for  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;MB01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;In &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;MIGO&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;, there is a valuation type field in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Detail data -&gt; Material&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-4352545321339664745?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/4352545321339664745/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=4352545321339664745' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4352545321339664745'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4352545321339664745'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/split-valuation.html' title='Split Valuation'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-8361145378482980880</id><published>2007-09-26T02:43:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:10:57.018+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PriceControl'/><title type='text'>Price Control V or S</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Price Control V or S in material  type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When is it useful to use the price control V or S in Material Master  ? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt;Do I have to follow the SAP standard setting in the material type  for the following material types:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt;- ROH(Raw materials) -&gt; moving  average price&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt;- HALB(Semifinished products) -&gt; standard price&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt;- FERT(Finished products) -&gt; standard price&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;In which case  and why is useful to change these standard setting in material type?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is difference between standard price and moving average price? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;When and how to use it?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Standard price&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; are used for products that  do not fluctuated frequently.  It is usually used for finished or semi finished  products.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Moving average price&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; are used mainly for  raw materials that are purchased externally.  The advantage of using moving  average price for your raw materials is that your inventory costs will always  reflect the current market cost.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;SAP strongly recommends that you do not select price  control V for semi-finished products and finished products&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;, because  doing so will very easily cause the calculation of unrealistic valuation prices.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;SAP recommends:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Price control V for raw materials and trading goods; price  control S for semi-finished products and products.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;If you nevertheless select price control V, take care in the following  situations:&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Unrealistic prices occur if materials are produced and also retire during  one period (that is, the inventory at the end of the period is smaller than the  total of aquisitions from production orders) and if, in addition, several  production orders belonging to a material were finished in this period, and the  production order settlement calculates variances at the end of the period. Every  single production order carries out an inventory coverage check and may  therefore cause the moving average price to be changed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;However, the individual  production orders do not check whether the inventory available at the end of the  period has already been debited by another production order.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;Example: &lt;/span&gt;on 20 workdays in the period, 1 piece of material xyz was produced  for each day and delivered to the warehouse at a price of USD 1000. At the end  of the period there is 1 piece at the warehouse.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Since an activity price of a  participating cost center was higher than planned , every single production  order calculates cost of goods manufactured of USD 1100 during the settlement.  Every single one carries out a inventory coverage check and finds out that the  variance can be posted completely to the inventory.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt; That is, the ending  inventory of one piece is debited with USD 20 x 100 and it consequently receives  a price of USD 3000.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;1. A settlement is carried out although not all costs have yet been posted to  the order. This can even result in a price of 0 for the delivered product.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;2. No period check of the costs is carried out on the order, that is, costs  from previous periods may be settled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;3. Settling orders is already possible  in the 'Delivery completed' status.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;Solution:&lt;/span&gt; Standard price for products together with possible manual price  changes. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;If you are required to valuate semi-finished and finished products  with actual prices that correspond to the costs of the actual production, SAP  recommends you use the function of the material ledger for this. Here, a  periodic actual price is created that is calculated on a much more reliable  basis than the moving average price.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;As so-called price limiter quantity is used  which makes sure that in the above example price differences are proportionally  taken into account (95% of the total price differences) when valuating the 19  pieces withdrawn from material xyz which results in a periodic actual price of  1100 USD. In addition, it is possible as of Release 4.5 to even take into  account the variances of the actual prices of the raw materials in the valuation  of the semi-finished and finished products that are manufactured from  it.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;If we select std price for any type of material or mav and then make po,  it will pick from material master or what?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;The Purchase Info Record have the FIRST priority.  When no po info record is  found, the Purchase Order will pick the user LAST enter price.  The PO module do  not pick up any price from material master.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-8361145378482980880?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/8361145378482980880/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=8361145378482980880' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8361145378482980880'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8361145378482980880'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/price-control-v-or-s.html' title='Price Control V or S'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-1550115839883149580</id><published>2007-09-26T02:39:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T02:43:33.220+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='M.C in  Difnt C.C'/><title type='text'>M.C in  Difnt C.C</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Creation of same Material Code in Different  Company Codes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 153);"&gt;Our requirement :&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;To create one material code (eg., A123) with different  material type (HALB &amp;amp; UNBW) in two different company's plants.  We have  created A123 material code with HALB in 1000 company's 1100 plant. While  creating A123 material with UNBW material type in 2000 company's 2100 plant,  system is taking default material type as HALB, as already created for 1000  company's 1100 plant. &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;This requirement is due to the Job work  process (non-valuated material) in 2000 company. &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;The basic data (like Matl. no., description, UOM etc.) in material master are  maintain at client level. We can not maintain the same at company code level. So  in your case you have to maintain two seperate code for different companies,  with different matl type.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;But you can for the same material type to define, that in some valuation  areas it has update by value and quantity, but in another valuation areas only  by quantity. Maybe you don't have to have two material types:)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Detail and what are the settings are required in customization:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Tr.code &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;OMS2  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;1)Select details of material type and on end of screen in  part 'Quantity/Value update" select for Value update radiobutton "By Valuation  Area"   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;2)After that on left side of screen select folder "Quantity/Value update" and  set in which areas you need value update by setting indicator in column "Value  update". &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-1550115839883149580?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/1550115839883149580/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=1550115839883149580' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/1550115839883149580'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/1550115839883149580'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/mc-in-difnt-cc.html' title='M.C in  Difnt C.C'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-6225845834573219280</id><published>2007-09-26T02:36:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T02:39:39.839+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Block or Delete'/><title type='text'>Block or Delete</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Block or Delete Any Material From Material  Master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How can we block or delete any material from material master?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;When engineering marks a finished goods material master for deletion, it  does not prevent customer service from booking an order against it. However, MRP  ignores it and would not suggest a planned order or a purchase requistion(for  buy-outs). &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where in configuration can I block customer service from booking an order  for deleted material master? Currently, there is a pop up window to tell the  order entry personnel that the material master is marked for deletion but that  person can still process the order.   &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;We can obsolete a matl master at Sale Data 1 which will prevent order  entry but very often, our document control or engineer forgets and head straight  to marking an item for deletion and not archiving it after that.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;The best way is to keep the materail status with deleted or blocked for  puchase / sales and need to maintain in the materail master.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;You cannot delete the material from material master until archiving but you  can block that material for any procurement  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Goto Basic data 1  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;X-plant matl status ------&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt; 01 Blocked for procment/whse&lt;br /&gt;                                              02 Blocked for task list/BOM&lt;br /&gt;                                              10 Blocked for MRP  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Select any one.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Valid from  ----------- Here you enter valid date from which the material  should be blocked.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;So from this your material will be blocked for any PR/PO/any transactions  related to Procurement&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-6225845834573219280?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/6225845834573219280/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=6225845834573219280' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/6225845834573219280'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/6225845834573219280'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/block-or-delete.html' title='Block or Delete'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-658476629674439714</id><published>2007-09-26T02:35:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T02:36:39.270+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Flag of Deletion'/><title type='text'>Flag of Deletion</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Displaying Material Flag of  Deletion&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;To list materials which are flagged for deletion, without any development  work.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Go to &lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;MB52&lt;/b&gt; which is basically a stock  report.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;In the "Settings" section, tick "Display Materials flagged for Deletion".   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;It will give you the stocks of materials flagged for deletion. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-658476629674439714?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/658476629674439714/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=658476629674439714' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/658476629674439714'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/658476629674439714'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/flag-of-deletion.html' title='Flag of Deletion'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-3082666835566074215</id><published>2007-09-26T02:33:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T02:35:05.122+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Delete s.location'/><title type='text'>Delete s.location</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Delete storage location in material  master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Assuming that you have create a Material master in Plant : P001 and Storage  location : 0001 and 0002.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Later, you would like to delete storage location : 0002 in this Material  master.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;In &lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;MM06&lt;/b&gt; Enter Material number, plant and  storage location.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Press enter, and set the cross in front of storage location.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Next, you need to run archiving to get it physically out of the SAP system.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-3082666835566074215?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/3082666835566074215/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=3082666835566074215' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3082666835566074215'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3082666835566074215'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/delete-slocation.html' title='Delete s.location'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-5441149803661096006</id><published>2007-09-26T02:29:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T02:32:48.201+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='One to Two'/><title type='text'>One to Two</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;One Storage Location for Two Different  Plant&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Can one storage location be extended to two different  plants?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Eg plant PPL01-- storage loc 1)  sc01  2)sc02.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can another plant PPL02 have any of the storage  locations of PPL01.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;You can duplicate a storage location identifier at  different plants but each of those is a unique storage location. For example  Plant = 0001  Storage location = S001 and Plant = 0002 Storage location = S001.  Those two storage locations, both called S001, are totally separate unique  storage locations. They just both happen to be named S001. Material is valued at  the plant level therefore you cannot have a single storage location that spans  two plants.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;A storage location has to be unique for a specific plant  only. It cannot be common to two plants.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;You can use the same storage location number for two  different plants and the system identifies them uniquely based on the  plant/storage location combination. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e.g (Storage location 01 in Plant Mumbai) and (Storage  location 01 in Plant Bangalore).&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just ask yourself a question:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Which plant will the material in  a given storage location belong to when you take the inventory at plant level  ?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;If physically  you are using the same warehouse or godown for two different plants, still I am  sure you are maintaining separate books for the inventory of each plant. These  separate books are separate storage location in the system assigned to each  plant though physically they are same.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;Configure the Storage Location:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;You can configure same store location for two diiferent  plants:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Display  IMG----- &gt;Enterprice structure---&gt; Definition-----&gt;Maintain storage  location&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;Enter Storage Location for Each  Material:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;In Transaction MMSC enter Material and Plant and click  List extendable slocs only.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Then enter sloc and save.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-5441149803661096006?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/5441149803661096006/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=5441149803661096006' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5441149803661096006'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5441149803661096006'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/one-to-two.html' title='One to Two'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-7994987282239344907</id><published>2007-09-26T02:26:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:00:27.787+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='No.Range Intervals'/><title type='text'>NumberRange Intervals</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Control the Number Range Intervals  for Material Master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can define the Material Master Number Range in transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;MMNR.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Click the button &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;Groups&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; to Maintain the  Material Type Grouping.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;Below are those material type that have no number  range groups. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To assign a group, in the not assigned group, &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;select  the Material Type you want to group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;tick the Group you want to assign and click the  menu path Edit -&gt; Assign Element Group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;From the same screen, if you want a new number range intervals, click  &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;Group -&gt; Insert Group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you decided to used an external number range, goto transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMS2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;tick the field  External no. assignment w/o check.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have two ways of assigning number range :&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;Internal number assignment &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; In this case, a number within the number  range interval allowed is assigned by the SAP R/3 System.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;External number assignment  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here, the user assigns a number within the  number range interval allowed. You can define the intervals for external number  assignment numerically and alphanumerically.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can assign one or more material types to each group.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you assign just one material type to a group, you can define both an  internal and an external number range interval for the material type.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you group together more than one material type, you can define an internal  and an external number range interval here too. This allows several material  types to have the same number range intervals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-7994987282239344907?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/7994987282239344907/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=7994987282239344907' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7994987282239344907'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7994987282239344907'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/numberrange-intervals.html' title='NumberRange Intervals'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-4556090773355636213</id><published>2007-09-26T02:20:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T02:26:20.445+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Material in  process'/><title type='text'>Material in  process</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Define whether the Material can be  used at which business process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The materaial status is very useful if you want to block  the material from being used&lt;br /&gt;at a certain  business process.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;For example :-  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;You want to designate a material as a material to be  discontinued. In the master record,&lt;br /&gt;you give the  material a status whose parameters have the following settings:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Parameters in transaction &lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;OMS4 &lt;/span&gt;(Double click the status line  items for IMG Settings) :  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Purchasing                                           "B" = error message&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;MRP                                                             "A" = warning  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Inventory Management " "   = no message&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;If the material is used, this parameter assignment has  the following effect:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Purchasing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;You can  perform no further purchasing function for the material; for example, you  can &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;enter no further purchase order for the  material. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;In this instance, you are given a  corresponding error message. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 51, 204);font-size:130%;" &gt;MRP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;If you plan  requirements for the material, you are warned that the material is one  to &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;be discontinued. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Inventory Management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;You can continue to withdraw the material from stores; no message  is given. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-4556090773355636213?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/4556090773355636213/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=4556090773355636213' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4556090773355636213'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4556090773355636213'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/material-in-process.html' title='Material in  process'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-1695838583279156723</id><published>2007-09-26T02:14:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:01:24.974+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='ContlOutput Format'/><title type='text'>Control Output Format</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Control the Output Format of your  Material Numbers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 102);"&gt;In&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMSL&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;,&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt; you can define the following:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.  Input and output length of material numbers&lt;br /&gt;  (A material number can have a maximum of 18  characters).  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.  Template for displaying or printing material  numbers.&lt;br /&gt;   You indicate with an underscore any  position in the material number that you do not want&lt;br /&gt;   to contain a template character.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.  Form in which material numbers are stored   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4.  Output with or without leading zeros   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;The settings are client independent.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-1695838583279156723?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/1695838583279156723/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=1695838583279156723' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/1695838583279156723'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/1695838583279156723'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/control-output-format.html' title='Control Output Format'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-8759151994056644828</id><published>2007-09-26T01:48:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:02:04.319+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='ControllingFields'/><title type='text'>Controlling the Fields</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Controlling the Fields in Material  Master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Define whether a field is hidden or displayed, or whether an entry is  mandatory or optional in material master maintenance by assigning the field to a  field selection group in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMSR.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Each field selection group has a number between 1 and 240.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;The values of the field selection groups have been preassigned as follows:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;001-110  Material master for industry  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;111-120  Reserved for customers  (except where the values are already in use)  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;121-150  Material master for  industry  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;151-210  Material master for retail  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;211-240  Reserved for  customers  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Create and maintain field references&lt;/span&gt; (&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMS9&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;).  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All the fields in the same fields group will have the same field selection  option.&lt;br /&gt;(hide, display, required entry, or optional entry)   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;You can see where a field reference is used by choosing Where-used list.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Define or change the field references as required (except for field  references with the prefix SAP which must not be changed). New field references  must begin with Y or Z.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Changing the Field Selection Options for a Field Selection Group  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;1. Specify the field selection group .&lt;br /&gt;2. Select the field selection  option (hide, display, required entry, or optional entry)&lt;br /&gt;  for each  field reference as required.&lt;br /&gt;3. Save.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;Creating a Field Reference&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;1. Choose New entries.&lt;br /&gt;2. Specify a field reference beginning with Y or  Z.&lt;br /&gt;3. Select the field selection option for each field selection group as  required.&lt;br /&gt;4. Save.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 102, 0);"&gt;Changing a Field Reference&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;1. Double-click the relevant field reference. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;2. Change the field  selection option for each field selection group as required. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;3. Save. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Define industry sectors and industry-sector-specific field selection in  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMS3.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Define plant-specific field selection and screen selection in&lt;/span&gt; &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMSA.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-8759151994056644828?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/8759151994056644828/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=8759151994056644828' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8759151994056644828'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8759151994056644828'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/controlling-fields.html' title='Controlling the Fields'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-2708683500674952709</id><published>2007-09-26T01:04:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:07:17.300+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='NegativeStocks'/><title type='text'>Allow Negative stocks</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;SAP Inventory - Allow Negative  stocks&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;In order to use negative stocks, you have to allow negative stock in  customizing.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Only those materials for which negative stocks is activated in the material  master, will be allowed to have negative stocks.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Customizing: transaction &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMJ1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Allowing  Negative Stocks.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First level:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Valuation area&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Choose for which valuation area you want to allow negative stocks and  activate the flag.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Select the line of that valuation area and go to the  plant level. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Second level:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Plant&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;When only one plant exists for that valuation area (this will always be the  case in case the valuation area is defined as a plant), you see immediately a  details screen with special stocks.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Choose the special stocks that may go  negative. Next use F3 or the green arrow to return to the overview of the  plants. Select the plant and go the the storage location level. &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Third level:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 51, 204);"&gt;Storage Locations&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Select for which storage locations negative stock is allowed.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Save the whole lot.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Negative stock will now be allowed in the selected storage locations for all  materials that have the negative stock indicator activated in the material  master in the storage 2 view.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-2708683500674952709?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/2708683500674952709/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=2708683500674952709' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/2708683500674952709'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/2708683500674952709'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/allow-negative-stocks.html' title='Allow Negative stocks'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-7405068228346511196</id><published>2007-09-26T00:49:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:03:00.229+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='UserdefaultSettings'/><title type='text'>User default settings</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Maintain the user default settings when  creating Material Master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Default values while creating Material  Master. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Is it possible to define default  values for certain fields, while creating the material master?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;I know about the MRP profile and the forecast  profile. I am looking for something similar for defaulting values for certain  fields in the basic view. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can define the following defaults for each user with transaction code  &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 102, 0);"&gt;OMT3U&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; in 4.6c :  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Default Industry sector (Industry only)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Where in the config can you default the Industry sector in MM01? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can define that a particular industry sector is proposed whenever the  user creates a material master record.  However, this setting cannot be made for  the material master for retail since retail is itself the industry sector.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can hide the industry sector if you do not want the user to change it.   SAP will take the default Industry sector you specify in the IMG.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Goto your user profile, own data (tranx &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;SU3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;), click on [&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Parameters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;] tab, place &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;MTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; under parameter and your desired industry code,  say &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;M&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; (for Mech/engr) in values and save.  You  should see your default in &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;mm01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A second possibility is in &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;MM01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; directly.  In the menu &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Settings -&gt; Industry&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; (&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Default -&gt; Industry Sector&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; 4.6c) you can enter your  default and can even flag a box that it should not be shown anymore.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 4.6c, you have another choice, that is tcode &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;OMT3U&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; where you can Maintain the user settings for the  default Industry&lt;br /&gt;Sector.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;So what you do depends on your preference and project cycle. If you have not  yet gone live, and all of most of the materials is of a certain industry, then  use the parameter option during user maintenance. If you have gone live, and  then maintain in &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;MM01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; for a default.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Organizational levels (Industry and Retail)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can define for a combination of user and screen sequence the  organizational levels that are proposed whenever the user creates, changes, or  displays a material master record, and the organizational levels and profiles  that are proposed whenever the user creates a material master record.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Views that are preselected in the Select View(s) dialog box (Industry  and Retail)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can define for a combination of user and screen sequence that certain  views appear as preselected in the Select View(s) dialog box.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Finally, if you create your material master record by  referencing to the other material number, then several fields will be  defaulted. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-7405068228346511196?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/7405068228346511196/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=7405068228346511196' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7405068228346511196'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7405068228346511196'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/user-default-settings.html' title='User default settings'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-5612967702389826905</id><published>2007-09-26T00:39:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T00:49:06.768+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Relation bn  Materials'/><title type='text'>Relation bn Materials</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Maintain relation between Alternatives  Materials&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Ours is an auto  industry &amp;amp; we have materials that are alternatives to other materials. These  materials are perfect substitutes of each other &amp;amp; are known as alternatives.  (the user can consume either of the materials or both).  How to maintain the  relation between the  alternatives in SAP?  How the MRP considers the quantity  of each alternative for the MRP calculation?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;You can have 2 options: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) Create only one generic material in your  system and while placing orders for different equivalent materials, mention the  equivalent product name in the vendor info record Under vendor prwhich will get  copied to Purchase order. Thus in your system you will have only one material.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2) If this is not suitable for you, than you can configure  Manufacturer Part Number functionality.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 102);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(102, 0, 204);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 102);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(102, 0, 204);"&gt;Option  No 1 .&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Pl take this  scenario of a Chemical co.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Step 1 -&lt;/span&gt; Creation of Material in SAP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Genaric Material                   Vendor&lt;br /&gt;(Silicon Surfactant)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alt.Material 1                      Vendor X&lt;br /&gt;Alt.Material  2                      Vendor Y&lt;br /&gt;Alt.Material 3                      Vendor Z&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this case, you will create material in SAP as Silicon Surfactant.  This material will be used in BOM.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will not create 3 different  alt.materials like Material 1,2 and 3 in system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Step 2 -&lt;/span&gt; Vendor  Inforecord will have Vendor Material No i.e Material 1 etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thus  whenever you will print PO, PO will be printed with reference to your internal  SAP material no i.e of Silicon Surfactant and will also have vendor material no.  If you want only Vendor material to be printed then you have change the print  format.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thus for MRP, only 1 material will be cionsidered. Hope this  is clear.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(51, 51, 153);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(51, 51, 153);"&gt;Option  No2 -&lt;/span&gt;Manufacturer's Part Number&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Step 1 - &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In  customisng under Lo General - Material Master - You have to create a MPN  profile.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Step 2 -&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; Create normal material under material type ROH  or Traded as required. Under purchasing tab , maintain MPN  Profile,Manufacturer's part number(Vendor material number) and Manufacturer's  code.(Vendor Code)&lt;br /&gt;This is a material in which you will maintain stock, use  in BOM etc. This is your internal material number. This number  will not be used  in the PO.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Step 3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create a new material each for your alternative  materials under Material type HERS. Under this you will create material which is  supplied by your vendor.In this material you will link the internal material  number as created in step 2 above.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Step 4 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create a PO by using  material number created under material type HERS.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Step 5 -&lt;/span&gt; Do a GRN&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MPN process works like this :&lt;br /&gt;Order is created for HERS material  but whenever you will do GR against this PO, stock and other reports will get  updated under material code created in step 2 i.e normal material created under  material type ROH or traded. Thus HERS material is used only for ordering  purpose.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-5612967702389826905?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/5612967702389826905/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=5612967702389826905' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5612967702389826905'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/5612967702389826905'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/relation-bn-alternatives-materials.html' title='Relation bn Materials'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-6081453266750004102</id><published>2007-09-25T23:44:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-09-26T00:31:06.272+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Difference bn client..'/><title type='text'>Difference bn client..</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Difference Between Client , Purchasing Org  , Plant , Company code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the technical difference between Client , Purchasing Org , Plant ,  Company code?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Client :&lt;/span&gt; Unit within SAP system, self-contained, separate master data with  independent set of tables. It represent corporate group.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Company Code :&lt;/span&gt; Smallest organisational unit of external account for which a  complete, self-contained bookkeeping system can be replicated. eg, company  within a corporate group.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Plant :&lt;/span&gt; An organisational unit within logistics, subdivides an enterprise  from the viewpoint of production, procurement and materials planning.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;Purchasing Org : &lt;/span&gt;Organisation within logistics which subdivides an enterprise  according to purchasing requirements.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;The procurement business process uses this organisational structure:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Client---&gt;Company Code---&gt;Plant---&gt;Storage Location---&gt;Purchasing  Org/ Purchasing group  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;The standard procedure for creating a new plant in  SAP:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;SPRO -&gt; Enterprise Structure -&gt; Logistics - General  -&gt; Define, copy, delete, check plant&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-6081453266750004102?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/6081453266750004102/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=6081453266750004102' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/6081453266750004102'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/6081453266750004102'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/09/difference-bn-client.html' title='Difference bn client..'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-8851179645990521387</id><published>2007-08-02T04:55:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:03:41.796+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Exp.'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Certi.'/><title type='text'>My SAP MM Certification Experience</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;The guidelines:&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;Criteria to applying for a Certification without  Prerequisites:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;"All candidates registering for the SAP Certification  Test must ensure that they have at least 2 years SAP implementation experience  or have attended at least 15 days of relevant training in SAP. Proof of the  above must be presented upon registration." &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Proof can be given in the following ways:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1. A statement from the Project Manager on letterhead  indicating participant's experience or training. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2. A resume&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3. Certificate of  Attendance from the various SAP courses attended.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Terms:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;-  Candidates must  meet criteria mentioned &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;-  Certification  enrolment must accompany payment (credit card details preferred) before  registration will be processed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;-  Once payment is  received and confirmation provided, cancellation (i.e amendment to dates) is not  permitted&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Here is a link to check dates of certification:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;http://www.sap.com/trainingcatalog -&gt; type in  tacert &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;To find out more about certification test types  offered:&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;http://service.sap.com/certification &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- Click on "SAP Consultant Certification"&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- Select your relevant certification area&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;To register:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;http://www.sap.com/asia/education/ &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;- Select Registration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;-  Schedule of test only&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;To check out SAP Educational terms and  conditions: &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;http://www.sap.com/asia/education/&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Quick course search: &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;http://www.sap.com/trainingcatalog&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b&gt;The exam:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;1) The examination questions are grouped together on  topic-wise and evaluated accordingly.  You can see at the beginning of the first  book some plus marks against each topic.  So don't treat the questions as 57  right answers out of 80.  For example from "solution manager" two or three  questions will be there but it is a topic i.e. if you answer all the questions  out of it you will get 100% in that topic.  All the topics are evaluated  separately and the overall is taken as the final result.  Check with your tutor  or someone for more awareness.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;2) Decimal marks will be there and marks will be given  proportionately for the questions you attend.  No negative marks.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;3) For single answer type, there will be only radio  buttons so that you can select only one.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;4) For multiple answer (where more than one answer is  correct) type, against each statement (answer) there will be two buttons for  true and false so that you can (have to) select one.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;5)  Read and be familiar with the books as much as  possible.  Group discussions will be very much useful.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;6)  Once you attend th exam, you will find it easier than  you expected.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Prepare well, be relaxed, best of luck.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The Do and Don't&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Don't look for dumps as you will find none in whole world  .Go by each word , sentences and get familiar of all the screen that comes while  doing excercise.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;SAP certification is not like microsfot or CISCO  certifications where one can easily get the dumps.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;You need to complete the chapter end exercises thoroughly  at least you expect 7 - 10 questions in your certification exams .&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Purchasing II books carries 30 questions in  certification.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Read all the 4 books at least 4-6 times at least not less  then that . &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Don't concentrate much on week end exams.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Solution Manager you can leave ... only 1 - 2 questions  out of that .&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Don't loose patience as you will tend to feel that you  don't know anything as exam dates get closer, feel free and relax and sleep at  least for 10 hours before exam .&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-8851179645990521387?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/8851179645990521387/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=8851179645990521387' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8851179645990521387'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/8851179645990521387'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/08/my-sap-mm-certification-experience.html' title='My SAP MM Certification Experience'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-4584932385581702802</id><published>2007-08-02T04:44:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-08-02T04:48:58.261+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='MM MCQ'/><title type='text'>SAP Material Management MCQ</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color:#cc0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:+2;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q.Which of the following stock types can be counted  through Physical Inventory procedure?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);" &gt;(more  than one answer can be correct)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;A Unrestricted use stock.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;B Block stock.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;C Quality Inspection  stock.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;D Vendor consignment stock.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;E In-transit stock.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer - A,B,C,D&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q.Which of the following can possibly influence the  valuation price of a moving average priced material?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);" &gt;(more than one answer can be correct)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;A Goods receipt for a purchase order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;B Goods Issue to a cost centre.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;C  Invoice verification against a purchase order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;D  Stock transfer between two storage locations in the same plant.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;E Transfer posting from unrestricted use stock to quality  inspection.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer - A,C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q.In the SAP system a user can operate in the following  hierarchies.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);" &gt;(more than one answer can be  correct)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;A Service level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;B  Application level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;C Main menu level.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;D Month.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;E Total stock  value.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer - D, E&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q.Your planning department is using a Forecast Model for  materials planning. It has been established that while demand for the particular  material is projected to increase steadily as market share is increased, the  fluctuating tourist demand will affect the overall requirements. Which forecast  model will best address this requirement?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);" &gt;(Only one answer is correct)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;A The Constant model.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;B  The Constant trend model.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;C The Seasonal trend  model.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;D The Fluctuating trend model.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;E The Seasonal model.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer -  C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q.In the SAP system, the reference document used in the  purchasing cycle is the:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);" &gt;(Only one answer is  correct)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;A Purchase requisition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;B  Info record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;C Source list.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;D Purchase Order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;E None of the  above.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer - D&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;True / False&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Q.What purpose does invoice verification serve in  materials management?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;a It allows invoice that do not originate in materials  procurement to be processed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;b Completes the  materials procurement process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;c Handles the  payment&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;d Allows credit memos to be  processed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;e Handles the analyses of  invoices.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer - B&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Q.What are the tasks of invoice  verification?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;a Entering invoices and credit memos received.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;b Checking the accuracy of invoices&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;c Executing the account posting resulting from invoice&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;d Updating open items and material prices&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;e Checking invoices that were blocked.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer -  A,B,C,E&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Q.What is the process of invoice  verification?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;a Purchase order, service or GR referenced for incoming  invoice.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;b Invoice items suggested by the system  against referenced document&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;c Corresponding  automatic account postings carried out.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;d Payment  proposal list for vendor generated.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer -  A&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q.From where does the system pick the default quantity  of an item when you post invoice receipt?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;a  Invoice&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;b Purchase order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;c Purchase order history&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;d System  settings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;e Vendor master&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer -  C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Q.During invoice verification the system picks the rate  at which tax is calculated from the vendor master record.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;TRUE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;FALSE&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Answer - False .&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-4584932385581702802?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/4584932385581702802/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=4584932385581702802' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4584932385581702802'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4584932385581702802'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/08/sap-material-management-mcq.html' title='SAP Material Management MCQ'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-7599266840181254971</id><published>2007-08-02T04:32:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T00:57:59.606+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Test of Knowle..'/><title type='text'>General Test of SAP MM Knowledge</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;1. What transaction key is used to post a valuated  goods receipt for purchase order items not subject to account  assignment?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a BSX&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b WRX&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c PRD&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d KDM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e BSV&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;2. What is value string WA01 defined for?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Goods receipt of standard and subcontracting purchase  order items without account assignment concerning valuated material into  stock.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Deliveries without charge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Goods issues&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Other  goods receipts&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;3. Which value string is defined for Goods receipt of  standard and subcontracting purchase order items without account assignment  concerning valuated material into stock?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a  WE01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b WA14&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c  WA01&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;4. Which valuation string is used for Delivery without  charge for material subject to standard price control, with posting date in the  previous period and the standard price in the posting period is different to the  standard price in the current period?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a  WE01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b WA14&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c  WA01&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;5. What is the key for account determination that  enables a G/L account assignment differentiation for the offsetting entry for an  inventory posting?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Valuation grouping  code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Chart of accounts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Account grouping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Valuation  class&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;6. For which transaction key in materials Management  in the standard system is account grouping active?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a BSX&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b WRX&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c PRD&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d GBB&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;7. For which transactions can you change the account  grouping?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Invoice verification&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Inventory Management.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;8. The rules that you use to define if the  configuration of automatic posting for a posting transaction depends on which of  the influencing factors?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Valuation Group  code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Material/material type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Account grouping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Chart of  accounts &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e Valuation class&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;9. From where do the transaction keys for delivery  cost postings come?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Purchasing calculation  schema&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Value string&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;10. What does the system use for the account  assignment category to determine the default account?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Transaction key PRD&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Transaction  key GBB&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Valuation group code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Account grouping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e Valuation  class&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;11. What are the characteristics of a Document type  for Accounting documents?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Two character  alphanumeric code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b One number range per  document&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Cannot assign authorization  group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Determines whether net posting is  determined for the documents.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e Account types  that may be used with the document type may be selected when entering  documents.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;12. What are the features of number assignment for  accounting documents from MM?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Configured  for each company code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Always linked to the  fiscal year&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Numbers assigned without  gaps&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Defines whether number assignment is  external or internal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e The interval from which  the number is assigned.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;13. The rules that you use to define if the  configuration of automatic posting for a posting transaction depends on which of  the influencing factors?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Valuation Group  code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Material/material type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Account grouping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Chart of  accounts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e Valuation class&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;14. From where do the transaction keys for delivery  cost postings come?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Purchasing calculation  schema&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Value string&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;15. What does the system use for the account  assignment category to determine the default account?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Transaction key PRD&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Transaction  key GBB&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Valuation group code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Account grouping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e Valuation  class&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;16. What are the characteristics of a Document type  for Accounting documents?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Two character  alphanumeric code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b One number range per  document&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Cannot assign authorization  group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Determines whether net posting is  determined for the documents.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e Account types  that may be used with the document type may be selected when entering  documents.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;17. What are the features of number assignment for  accounting documents from MM?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;a Configured  for each company code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;b Always linked to the  fiscal year&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;c Numbers assigned without  gaps&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;d Defines whether number assignment is  external or internal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;e The interval from which  the number is assigned.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255); font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. a&lt;br /&gt;2. c, d&lt;br /&gt;3. a&lt;br /&gt;4. b&lt;br /&gt;5. c&lt;br /&gt;6. d&lt;br /&gt;7. b&lt;br /&gt;8. a, c,e &lt;br /&gt;9. a&lt;br /&gt;10. b, d&lt;br /&gt;11. a, b, d, e&lt;br /&gt;12. a, c,  d, e&lt;br /&gt;13. a, c, e&lt;br /&gt;14. a&lt;br /&gt;15. b, c&lt;br /&gt;16. a, b, d, e&lt;br /&gt;17. a, c, d,  e &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-7599266840181254971?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/7599266840181254971/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=7599266840181254971' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7599266840181254971'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7599266840181254971'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/08/general-test-of-sap-mm-knowledge.html' title='General Test of SAP MM Knowledge'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-7264281880120757410</id><published>2007-08-02T04:25:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T00:59:21.900+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Self Test Qus'/><title type='text'>MM Self Test Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;1. To view the most up to date planning data (available stock, orders,  reservations, etc.) on a material, use the:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;(more than one answer can be  correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Stock Overview report.&lt;br /&gt;B List display of material and  accounting documents.&lt;br /&gt;C MRP list.&lt;br /&gt;D Stock Requirement list.&lt;br /&gt;E  Standard Analysis for a material  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;2. A material forecast can be used by the following MRP types:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Only one answer is correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Manual Reorder point planning.&lt;br /&gt;B  Automatic reorder point planning.&lt;br /&gt;C Forecast based planning.check&lt;br /&gt;D Time  phased planning.&lt;br /&gt;E Storage location MRP  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;3. Materials planning can be set to automatically generate:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more  than one answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Contracts.&lt;br /&gt;B Purchase Requisitions.&lt;br /&gt;C Purchase Orders.&lt;br /&gt;D Planned Orders.&lt;br /&gt;E Delivery Schedules.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;4. The following are lot sizing rules available for SAP R/3:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more  than one answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Fixed lot size.&lt;br /&gt;B Replenish to maximum  stock level.&lt;br /&gt;C Weekly lot size.&lt;br /&gt;D Daily lot size.&lt;br /&gt;E Economic order  quantity.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;5. Which of the following apply to Purchase Orders?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more than one  answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A The vendor must be specified in the Purchase Order  Header.&lt;br /&gt;B All materials on a purchase order must be procured through the  same purchasing group.&lt;br /&gt;C All materials on a purchase order must be of the  same material group.&lt;br /&gt;D Discounts and surcharges can be maintained in the  document header.&lt;br /&gt;E Discounts and surcharges can be maintained at line item  level.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;6. Which of the following is an Account Assignment category?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more  than one answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Material Group.&lt;br /&gt;B Purchase  Requisition.&lt;br /&gt;C Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;D Release Code.&lt;br /&gt;E G/L Account  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;7. Which of the following are Item Categories?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more than one  answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Consignment.&lt;br /&gt;B Service.&lt;br /&gt;C Manufacturing.&lt;br /&gt;D Cost Centre.&lt;br /&gt;E Subcontracting.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;8. Which of the following documents can be subject to release (approval)  procedure?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more than one answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Planned Order.&lt;br /&gt;B Purchase Requisition.&lt;br /&gt;C Scheduling Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;D Purchase Order.&lt;br /&gt;E RFQ.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;9. In Source lists the following can be sources of supply:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more  than one answer can be correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Vendor.&lt;br /&gt;B Contract.&lt;br /&gt;C Scheduling  Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;D Quotation.&lt;br /&gt;E  Quota Arrangement.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;10. Which of the following document types can appear in the purchase order  history for a purchase order line item?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(more than one answer can be  correct)&lt;br /&gt;A Another purchase order.&lt;br /&gt;B A goods receipt material document.&lt;br /&gt;C A service entry sheet.&lt;br /&gt;D An invoice.&lt;br /&gt;E A release procedure.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;1.  Answer - D &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 2.  Answer - C &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 3.  Answer - B, E &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 4.  Answer -  A, B, C, D &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 5.  Answer - A, D, E &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 6.  Answer - C &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 7.  Answer - A, B,  E &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 8.  Answer - B, C, D &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 9.  Answer - A, B, C, E &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;10. Answer - B, C,  D&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-7264281880120757410?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/7264281880120757410/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=7264281880120757410' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7264281880120757410'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/7264281880120757410'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/08/mm-self-test-questions.html' title='MM Self Test Questions'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-4405478957946146677</id><published>2007-08-02T04:18:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:05:11.525+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Ques.'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Certi.'/><title type='text'>Certification Sample Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;SAP MM Certification Sample Questions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Caution: more than one answer may be correct. &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Please mark ALL  correct answers. &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Question:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;You wish to procure a material using a purchase  order. You wish to take delivery of the material at different times. A graduated  discount scale exists for the material.  How do you proceed if you wish to take  advantage of the discount arrangement? &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; A   Enter several order items with the same material number and different  delivery dates&lt;br /&gt;B   Enter one order item with the material number and  assign the material to different accounts&lt;br /&gt;C   Enter an order item with the  material number and create a number of schedule lines&lt;br /&gt;D   Enter a number  of purchase orders for the material and specify different delivery dates   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/"&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Question:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;In the purchase order on which the goods receipt is  based, you defined a purchase order unit that differs from the purchase order  unit.  What is the significance of the purchase order price unit and what should  you take note of in the case of a goods receipts?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; A  The purchase order price unit is stored in the material master record or  purchasing info record and defines the unit of&lt;br /&gt;      measure in which the  material is ordered.&lt;br /&gt;B   The system establishes the relationship between  the purchase order price unit and the purchase order unit conversion&lt;br /&gt;      in the purchase order.&lt;br /&gt;C   At the time of goods receipt, both the quantity  in the purchase order unit and the quantity in the purchase order price &lt;br /&gt;      unit have to be entered, however, the quantity in purchase order pice  unit is calculated by the system.  You have to&lt;br /&gt;      change it when the  calculated quantity differs from reality.&lt;br /&gt;D   Both at the time of goods  receipt and invoice verification, the material is valuated on the basis of the  purchase order unit.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Question:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;You enter a goods issue and receive the following  message: "W: On &lt;current&gt;, only 0.000 pieces are available".  What do  you conclude from this?&lt;/current&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A.  No stocks of the material exist anywhere in the entire plant.  Therefore,  nothing can be withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;B.  Only the specified storage location does not  contain any stocks of the material.  Therefore, nothing can be withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;C.  The material exist in the specified storage location on the current day,  however, it is unavailable, because of other&lt;br /&gt;     reservations.&lt;br /&gt;D.   The message represents a warning which you can ignore by pressing the ENTER key.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Question:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Which of the following statements on procuring a  material of the material type NLAG are correct?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A.  The purchase order must be acount assigned.&lt;br /&gt;B.  The goods receipt  must always be unvaluated.&lt;br /&gt;C.  when you enter an invoice, you can change the  account assignement as long as the goods receipt was unvaluated.&lt;br /&gt;D.  When  the material is for consumption, no document is ever created in Financial  Acccounting.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt;Question:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 153, 0);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Which of the following stock transfer are relevant to  valuation?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A.  Stock transfer from storage location to storage location in the same  plant or company code.&lt;br /&gt;B.  Stock transfer from consignment stores of vendor  XY to our unrestricted-use stock in storage location 0001.&lt;br /&gt;C.  Stock  transfer from stock in quality inspection in storage location 001 to stock in  quality inspection in storage&lt;br /&gt;     location 0002 in the same plant.&lt;br /&gt;D.  Stock transfer of a material from storage location 0001 from plant 0001  to plant 0002.  The plants belong to&lt;br /&gt;     the same company, however the  valuation areas are different (valuation level is plant).  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://sap-career.blogspot.com/" target="_top"&gt;Answers for SAP MM Certification Sample  Question&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;How can you store long-term prices for services in the form of service  conditions?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Answer 1 At the service level&lt;br /&gt;Answer 2 At the service and plant level&lt;br /&gt;Answer 3 At the service and vendor level&lt;br /&gt;Answer 4 At the service, vendor  and plant level  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 51, 102);"&gt;Answer 1 ,3 and 4 , Long term prices can be maintained at  Service level, Service and Vendor level or Service, Vendor and Plant  level.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;b&gt;What would you evaluate if you want to trace whether your purchase  requisition items have been processed?&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Answer 1 Material status&lt;br /&gt;Answer 2 Processing status&lt;br /&gt;Answer 3 Item  Status  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"&gt;Answer No. 2: Processing status&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-4405478957946146677?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/4405478957946146677/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=4405478957946146677' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4405478957946146677'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/4405478957946146677'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/08/certification-sample-questions.html' title='Certification Sample Questions'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2382158257901243041.post-3459158881971194786</id><published>2007-06-17T03:41:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2007-10-03T01:06:23.030+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='MainPage'/><title type='text'>MM (Matrial Management)</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: How can I extend all material to a new plant?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: The SAP program - RMDATIND is used to create /update material master record.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: How can we delete materials permanently from Material master?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Use transaction MM70 - Material Master-&gt;Other-&gt;Reorganization-&gt;Material-&gt;Choose.&lt;br /&gt;Build variant with selection range of material master records to be selected for deletion and maintain run parameters.&lt;br /&gt;Execute.&lt;br /&gt;Use transaction MM71 - Material Master-&gt; other-&gt; Re organizationn--&gt;Material-&gt;ReorganizationBuild a second variantMaintain run parameters and execute.It is also important to remove the records manually from info record, POs, PRs, reservation etc for successful deletion of  the material.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: SAP only provides moving average value for current, previous period, and previous year. SAP does not provide transactions/reports that will provide moving average value for a given date. How can I report moving average price for material number 10000000 at plant 0001 on July 4, 1998 .&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Try any of these solutions:1. Change the updating level of the structure (S031) to "daily". In LIS the total value and the total  stock are available. Divide value by the stock. It is possible to calculate this dynamically when  the analysis is run and to display the result.2. Create your own structure in LIS and populate it by copying the Moving Average Price from the  material master every time there is a transaction. You will have data on those days when there  was a transaction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We have defined all the variables for the materials. However, when I attempt to use Material Matchcode object MAT1, I get the response "No possible entries found". Why?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;A: Matchcode i.d. "B", "Material by bill of material" has a selection condition for field STLNR NE ' '. STLNR is the BOM number associated with a material in table MAST. Hence the message - "no possible entries..." pops up if there are no bills of materials associated with your material numbers.You get the matchcodes as long as the material referred by you has BOM number associated with it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: The matchcode object selection is defaulted to matctcode ID "B". Iwould like to change to M " Material by Description" What is the solution?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Press the pull down arrow on the material number field and matchcode "B" is displayed, pressF5 double-click  matchcode i.d. "M", then press F6 . This will set matchcode "M" as the default.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We have one material master : X and the unit of measure is 'pcs' and two serial number : A,B For this material we make two Pos First PO calls material X , 1 pcs price 100 (will use serial number A) Second PO calls material X , 1 pcs price 250 (will use serial number B) Goods Receipt is done and by filling serial number for the fist PO with A and the second PO with B. We want to transfer material X serial number A to another plant and want the valuation of this material as 100. How we can do it ?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Use "split valuation". Stocks may be received into separate storage locations. Transfer stocks may be done from a storage location/plant to another storage location/plant.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: We want to change the calculation of Moving Average Price. We know that the same is in MBEW-VERPR and two transactions to consider - MRHR, MB01. Is there a transaction to change MAV or all the places it is needed?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Any Goods receipt or issue (in case of split valuated material) changes Moving Average price depending upon the valuation type which is used when posting the goods issue. You have to go through all the transactions involving those!For Example:Material X is using split valuation by origin:Malaysia : MAV 60 USD - total stock 100 unitsIndia: MAV 50 USD - total stock 200 unitsTotal stock 300 units MAV 53.33Here , goods issues will also affect the global MAV, despite not changing MAV from origin country.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Q: What is the use of configurable material.?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Configurable material is useful if you have a large number of combination of parts that go into a product. It means different permutations and combinations of the parts for same material. If you maintain a unique material code for each combination ,   you require a large number of material numbers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;KMAT may be used in such a case where you maintain just  one generic product code.A super BOM is maintained for such a material consisting of all possible alternatives. A routing is also maintained consisting of all possible operations that could be used. Typically configurable material is used in Made To Order (MTO) environment. However frequently ordered configurations may be planned with a material variant which needs to have a material master record.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thus Material variants may have stock and value. Depending upon characteristic values chosen at sales order entry Sales Order BOM is created. Routing operations are also chosen depending upon which BOM components are assigned to them&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2382158257901243041-3459158881971194786?l=sap4mm.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/feeds/3459158881971194786/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=2382158257901243041&amp;postID=3459158881971194786' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3459158881971194786'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2382158257901243041/posts/default/3459158881971194786'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://sap4mm.blogspot.com/2007/06/mm-matrial-management.html' title='MM (Matrial Management)'/><author><name>chakri</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12073491377546678393</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry></feed>
